10.07.2015 Views

Introduction to Vedanta – A Commentary on Tattvabodha

Introduction to Vedanta – A Commentary on Tattvabodha

Introduction to Vedanta – A Commentary on Tattvabodha

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>A <str<strong>on</strong>g>Commentary</str<strong>on</strong>g><strong>on</strong><strong>Tattvabodha</strong>bySwami ParamarthanandaClass-notes — March–April 2008Source: http://introducti<strong>on</strong><str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>vedanta.blogspot.gr/2008/03/introducti<strong>on</strong>-<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>-vedanta.htmlEnhanced with 3 charts by JM1. Embodied C<strong>on</strong>sciousness2. Sankhya Darshana3. Tree of Hindu ShastrasCirculated as a service by:John ManettaBeles 28117 41 Athens, Greeceemail: jmanveda@otenet.grwebsite: www.vedanta.gr


Table of C<strong>on</strong>tents<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g>...............................................................................................111. Purushārtha – Insight in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Human Pursuits......................................121.1. Artha Purushārtha – Goals for security...........................................131.2. Kāma Purushārtha – Goals for comfort..........................................141.3. Dharma Purushārtha – Invisible wealth..........................................141.4. Moksha Purushārtha – Ultimate Inner Freedom.............................152. Shāstram – Scriptures.........................................................................162.1. Vedas – “Seen” literature................................................................162.2. Sūtra – Aphoristic (“Nutshell”) literature..........................................182.3. Smrithi – “Remembered” (Clarifica<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry literature)...........................192.4. Purāna – Popularising literature.....................................................192.5. Itihāsa – Semi-his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rical literature (Epics)......................................202.6. Bhāshyam – Exegetical literature...................................................213. Varna Dharma – Social Scheme..........................................................213.1. Varna Vyavasthā – Sociological scheme........................................223.1.1. Guna Vibhāgaha – Classificati<strong>on</strong> based pers<strong>on</strong>ality trait............233.1.1.1. Spiritual Pers<strong>on</strong>ality..................................................................233.1.1.2. Dynamic Pers<strong>on</strong>ality.................................................................233.1.1.3. Selfishly Motivated Pers<strong>on</strong>ality.................................................243.1.1.4. Lethargic Pers<strong>on</strong>ality................................................................243.1.2. Karma Vibhāgaha – Classificati<strong>on</strong> based <strong>on</strong> professi<strong>on</strong>.............243.1.2.1. Karma Brāhmanaha – Scriptural study and teaching...............243.1.2.2. Karma Kshatriyaha – Public service and administrti<strong>on</strong>............253.1.2.3. Karma Vaishya – Commerce....................................................263.1.2.4. Karma Shūdraha – Labour.......................................................263.1.3. Jāti Vibhāgaha – Classificati<strong>on</strong> based <strong>on</strong> birth............................263.2. Which is the best ?..........................................................................263.3. Is there a choice ?...........................................................................273.3.1. Jāti Vibhāgaha – Choice of birth?................................................273.3.2. Karma Vibhāgaha – Choice of professi<strong>on</strong>?.................................273.3.3. Guna Vibhāgaha – Choice of character improvement?..............284. Ashrama Vyavasthā – Individual scheme..........................................284.1. Brahmachari Āshrama – Student stage..........................................304.1.1. Understand the Goal....................................................................314.1.2. Knowledge of Rituals...................................................................324.1.3. Values of Life................................................................................334.2. Grihastha Āshrama – Family stage................................................334.3. Vānaprastha and Sanyāsa Āshramas – Hermit and renunciatestages.....................................................................................................345. Karma Yoga - Right acti<strong>on</strong> and right attitude....................................355.1. Right Acti<strong>on</strong>.....................................................................................355.1.1. Uttama Karmāni – Best acti<strong>on</strong>s...................................................365.1.1.1. Deva Yajnaha – Remembrance of Divine.................................375.1.1.2. Pitru Yajnaha – Remembrance of ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs............................385.1.1.3. Brahma Yajnaha – Remembrance of Rishis.............................395.1.1.4. Manushya Yajnaha – Remembrance of humanity....................405.1.1.5. Bhūta Yajnaha – Remembrance of n<strong>on</strong>-human living beings. .415.1.2. Madhyama Karmāni – Middle acti<strong>on</strong>s.........................................425.1.3. Adhama Karmāni – Worst acti<strong>on</strong>s...............................................425.2. Right Attitude...................................................................................42


11.1.1.1. Mind.........................................................................................7711.1.1.2. Nature......................................................................................7711.1.1.3. Medium....................................................................................7811.1.2. Svapna Avasthā – Dream State.................................................7811.1.2.1. Mind.........................................................................................7811.1.2.2. Nature......................................................................................7911.1.2.3. Medium....................................................................................8011.1.3. Sushupti Avasthā – Dreamless Sleep........................................8011.1.3.1. Mind.........................................................................................8011.1.3.2. Nature......................................................................................8111.1.3.3. Medium....................................................................................8111.2. Kosha Panchakam – Five Layers.................................................8111.2.1. Annamaya Kosha – Food layer (Ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mical system)................8211.2.2. Prānamaya Kosha – Energy layer (Physiological system)........8211.2.3. Manomaya Kosha – Mind layer (Psychological functi<strong>on</strong>)..........8211.2.4. Vijnānamaya Kosha – Intellect layer (Knowing pers<strong>on</strong>ality)......8311.2.5. Ānandamaya Kosha – Bliss layer (Causal body / “TheUnc<strong>on</strong>scious”)........................................................................................8312. Ātmā.....................................................................................................8412.1. Fourth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r in human pers<strong>on</strong>ality...............................................8612.2. The blessing principle...................................................................8612.2.1. Ātmā Chaitanya Svarūpaha.......................................................8712.2.2. Ātmā Svatantraha – Independent..............................................8712.2.3. Ātmā Nirgunaha – N<strong>on</strong>-material................................................8712.2.4. Ātmā Nityaha – Ever-existent....................................................8712.2.5. Ātmā Sarvagataha – Boundless................................................8812.2.6. Ātmā Ekaha – One.....................................................................8812.3. Ātmā Anātmā Vivekaha – Discerning Atma from Anatma............8812.3.1. Fundamental Law – 1................................................................8912.3.2. Fundamental Law – 2................................................................8913. Creati<strong>on</strong>...............................................................................................9013.1. Manifest Vs Unmanifest................................................................9113.2 Differences between Māyā and Brahman....................................9213.3. Stages of Manifestati<strong>on</strong>................................................................9313.4. Three Features or Stages of Manifestati<strong>on</strong>..................................9413.4.1. Jnāna Shaktihi...........................................................................9413.4.2. Kriyā Shaktihi.............................................................................9413.4.3. Dravya Shaktihi..........................................................................9413.5. Stages of Creati<strong>on</strong>........................................................................9513.5.1. Stage 1 – Sattva Guna as genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r.........................................9513.5.2. Stage 2 – Rajas Guna as genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r..........................................9613.5.3. Stage 3 –Tamo Guna as genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r...........................................9614. Jīva Īshvara Aikya..............................................................................9714.1. Means of Acquiring Knowledge....................................................9914.2. Jnāna Phalam – Fruit of knowledge.............................................9914.2.1. Jīvan Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> while living.......................................9914.2.1.1. Independence – Svatantriyam..............................................10014.2.1.2. Fullness – Pūrnatvam...........................................................10014.2.1.3. Balance of Mind – Samattvam..............................................10014.2.2. Videha Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> from body....................................10015. Law of Karma....................................................................................10115.1. Jīvan Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> while living........................................102


15.2. Videha Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> from body.......................................10215.2.1. Law of Karma – Results of acti<strong>on</strong>............................................10215.2.1.1. First Principle........................................................................10315.2.1.2. Sec<strong>on</strong>d Principle...................................................................10315.2.1.3. Third Principle.......................................................................10315.2.2. Advantages of Law of Karma ..................................................10416. Overview of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>.................................................................10716.1 Eligibility......................................................................................10716.2. Individual.....................................................................................10816.3. Analysis of <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal...........................................................................10916.4. Aikyam – Oneness......................................................................11016.5. Aikya Jnānam and Aikya Jnāna Phalam.....................................111


Swami Paramarthananda


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> VedāntaBased <strong>on</strong> lectures by Swāmi ParamārthānandaThursday, 20 March 2008<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g>Hari Om.Thanks for visiting the blog. After the introducti<strong>on</strong>s, it is now time <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> proceed with thenext step – starting the course “<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta”. We will start our course ofVedānta in the next few sessi<strong>on</strong>s. Our study will be based <strong>on</strong> the framework provided by ascriptural work called <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>.<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> is a work in prose form, that has been attributed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Shankarāchārya. Thereis still some debate as <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> whether it is Ādi Shankarāchārya or another Āchārya in theParamparā. But this detail need not worry us. What should be kept in mind is that<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> is a fundamental and important work in understanding higher texts of Vedāntalike Bhagavad Gītā, Upanishads and Brahma Sūtra. <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> introduces us <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>important terms used in Vedāntik scriptures which every ardent student of Vedānta shouldbe aware of. The following posts <strong>on</strong> the blog are taken from Swāmi Paramārthānanda’sclasses in Madras.However we will not be seeing the word for word translati<strong>on</strong> of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>, here.<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> in its original form, assumes that the student has already got a str<strong>on</strong>gknowledge <strong>on</strong> the fundamentals and is aware of the basic technical terms used throughoutthe scriptures. But this may not always be the case. There are many of us who may beinterested in the subject but do not know where <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> start from, what <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> focus <strong>on</strong> and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> whatdepth we should study initially. Swāmi Paramārthānanda has addressed this issue verybeautifully in this course of study.Using <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> as a framework, Swāmiji first explains the basics by talking abou<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ur scriptures, Varna Āshrama Dharma, Yoga, principle of God etc. After dealing withthese fundamentals, Swāmiji then takes up <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> addressing each <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic in theproper sequence. Swāmiji walks us thorough the important c<strong>on</strong>cepts and technical wordsused, which will then form the basis for future study of Vedānta.Hence, this course is more aptly called “<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta”. This course is suitedfor anybody who has got a thirst <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand our Vedic scriptures and does not knowwhere <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> start from.Let us start this vital and basic study by offering our prayers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Goddess Sarasvati.11


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandasrSvit nmStu_ym! vrde kamêipi[iv*arMÉm! kir:yaim isiÏÉRvtu me sdasarasvati namastubhyam varade kāmarūpinividyārambham karishyāmi siddhirbhavatu me sadāO Goddess Saraswati, salutati<strong>on</strong>s <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> you, the giver of bo<strong>on</strong>s, the <strong>on</strong>e who fulfillsall desires. I begin my studies. May there always be accomplishments for me.Friday, 21 March 20081. Purushārtha – Insight in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Human PursuitsThe word Purushārtha means Human Goals. Purusha refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a human being (male /female). Hence the word Purushārtha can be translated <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Manushyārtha. And the wordArtha in Sanskrit has several meanings e.g. ‘meaning’, ‘wealth’. In this c<strong>on</strong>text it refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> aGoal, destinati<strong>on</strong>.Arthyate Sarvaihi Manushyaihi Prārthyate Iti ArthaThat which is sought after by every human being. Therefore any humangoal is called Artha.Hence Purushārtha primarily means Human Goals. The word Purushārtha by itself isused in other sec<strong>on</strong>dary meanings also in the Shāstrams - Free-Will, Choice, Effort orEndeavour [Prayatna]. By using the word Purushārtha we c<strong>on</strong>vey an important idea thatthese are goals sought after <strong>on</strong>ly by human beings, not animals or plants. And because ofthe availability of Purushārtha, the human beings become different from other animals orplants. And because of the Purushārtha, the human beings are c<strong>on</strong>sidered superior <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> allthe other living beings.And how come human beings al<strong>on</strong>e have these Purushārtha ? What faculty of humanbeing makes him endowed with this unique opportunity <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> have Purushārtha ? TheShāstrams themselves declare, human beings are no doubt very similar <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> animals andplants in several respects. There are lots of comm<strong>on</strong> features [Sadharmyam], but there is<strong>on</strong>e unique feature that makes the human being superior. This is presented by the ShlokaĀhāra Nidrā Bhaya Maithunam ChaSāmanyametad Pashubhir NarānāmBhuddhir Hi Tesham Adhiko VisheshahaBuddhya Vihīnaha Pashubhir SamānahaHuman beings and other beings are similar in several respects :- all seek food,12


- taking rest or sleeping,<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda- fear of the external world : sense of insecurity and therefore trying <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> protect selfpropagati<strong>on</strong> of <strong>on</strong>e’s own species.- The differentiating fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r is intellect, faculty of thinking, judging, reas<strong>on</strong>ing, projectingthe future, farsightedness, planning for future and working for the betterment ofthe future – the rati<strong>on</strong>al faculty.Since Buddhihi al<strong>on</strong>e makes a human being superior or different from animals, withoutthis faculty of intellect (if you do not have or do not use it) the human beings are as goodas animals <strong>on</strong>ly. And therefore Buddhihi is unique. Because of this extra faculty <strong>on</strong>ly, weare extremely self-c<strong>on</strong>scious also, capable of self-judgement, capable of comparingourselves with other human beings of the same species. The animals are not capable ofthis. Once a complex is developed, there is a thinking of improving <strong>on</strong>eself in the futureand therefore planning for the future becomes a natural c<strong>on</strong>sequence of Buddhihi faculty.Hence, self-c<strong>on</strong>sciousness, self complex development, self judgement, and thereforeprojecti<strong>on</strong> of the future hoping that <strong>on</strong>e will be better off. And for the improvement of thefuture, <strong>on</strong>e starts planning. The plans is cut in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> several levels of immediate goals and l<strong>on</strong>gterm goals.Only humans are capable of having this tendency. All the animals and plants have aninstinctive lifestyle. Their entire life is governed by instincts whereas human beings aregoverned not <strong>on</strong>ly by instincts but predominantly by the capacity <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> choose their future.And because of this choice, the human being entertains a lot of goals and these are calledPurushārtha.The next questi<strong>on</strong> is how many such goals are possible ? Any number of such goals arepossible, but they can be classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four categories – Chaturvidha Purushārtha. Anygoal <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be accomplished will come under <strong>on</strong>e of these four <strong>on</strong>ly. The four goals are:- Artha,- Dharma- Kāma- Moksha1.1. Artha Purushārtha – Goals for securityThis starts early in life. In this c<strong>on</strong>text, it refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> security. Anything that is procured forthe sake of security comes under Artha. By security, <strong>on</strong>ly sheer physical survival is beingreferred <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>. Right from birth <strong>on</strong>e instinctive and natural urge every living being, includinghuman being, has is the urge <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> survive. And anything that is procured for the security ofthe self, those objects which c<strong>on</strong>tribute <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the security, physical survival will come underArtha. This helps in removing the sense of insecurity. Broadly these are:- Food- Clothing : this includes clothes for self, helmets for security, seat belts for security,13


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandabreathing filters- Shelter- Health : fighting all forms of diseasesAnything that is procured <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> take care of all these four <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> safeguard the survival comesunder Artha Goals. In the beginning, it refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the security of the self at present. Then itrefers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> security of the future. This is because in old age, <strong>on</strong>e cannot work or earn and thelevel of security is not there. In the olden days children were the security for the old age.Taking insurance against the future has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be taken in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>siderati<strong>on</strong>. Then comes thenext layer of security. Once a few things or people have been possessed for security, thenext worry is about their security i.e. security of security.Thus for most of our life, we are busy providing for security. Anything that we do <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>provide for our security comes under Artha Purushārtha or Abhaya Praptyartham –freedom from fear.The animals also want security but they instinctively take care of this. The Lord providesfor this by giving them special properties e.g. skin, hunting skills etc.Once security is taken care of, there is no threat of survival. Once Artha is taken care of,the next step is Kāma Purushārtha1.2. Kāma Purushārtha – Goals for comfortKāma means all forms of comfort that is not needed for security but when present, canbe enjoyed. When present, <strong>on</strong>e is more comfortable or luxurious. All forms ofentertainment are Kāma Purushārtha. No entertainment is needed for survival. Any form ofmusic, dance, drama, TV, travel, are examples of Kāma Purushārtha.This is also sought by animals by instinctively going after comfort. The animals naturallygo <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> shade when under the sun. But in case of human being because of his superiorintellect, he plans and entertains himself. Am<strong>on</strong>g most of the human being kind, the ArthaPurushārtha takes so much time and effort that even passing <strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Kāma Purushārtha isdifficult.1.3. Dharma Purushārtha – Invisible wealthDharma Purushārtha can be defined as an invisible form of wealth. This is generallytranslated as good-luck or good-fortune. When the word luck or fortune is used, it is notsomething that is sought, but it seems <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>tribute <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <strong>on</strong>e’s well being. This can be in theform of providing Artha or Kāma. It seems <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be an invisible form of wealth c<strong>on</strong>tributing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>your benefit. Hence in Sanskrit it is called Adrishtam (<strong>on</strong>e that cannot be seen) and inTamil Adishtam.This Dharma can be acquired by appropriate means (which will be discussed later).Since Dharma or good-luck or fortune is something that is achievable by appropriatemethod, Dharma also becomes a human goal. It can also be translated as Punyam. This14


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaDharma c<strong>on</strong>tributes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our well being in twofold waysOne way is, Dharma c<strong>on</strong>tributes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our well being in this very life itself, by providingArtha and Kāma. Therefore Dharma is very useful in this life because it c<strong>on</strong>tributes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g><strong>on</strong>e’s well being in additi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <strong>on</strong>e’s own effort that also c<strong>on</strong>tributes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Artha and Kāma.Sec<strong>on</strong>dly Dharma also c<strong>on</strong>tributes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our next birth. This is particularly applicable <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> theinitial stages of life. During births, the initial few years are certainly not under our c<strong>on</strong>trol.This includes what type of parents, what family I am born in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>, what envir<strong>on</strong>ment, type ofupbringing. These fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs during the initial stages of life, are certainly not under ourc<strong>on</strong>trol. These are supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be determined by Dharma. The Dharma that <strong>on</strong>e acquiresnow, not <strong>on</strong>ly helps in this birth but also in the initial few years of <strong>on</strong>e’s next birth. This isby providing good parentage, envir<strong>on</strong>ment, food, clothing, good values etc. A child’s life isheavily determined by the invisible wealth called Good Luck.The initial few years of human life is so important that it can even determine the futureadult life. Many of the emoti<strong>on</strong>al c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>s in the adulthood are heavily determined by thechildhood. Therefore, adult life is determined by childhood life, childhood life is determinedby Dharma Purushārtha of the previous life. Thus Dharma directly influences <strong>on</strong>e’s presentlife, influences the future childhood life and Dharma indirectly affects <strong>on</strong>e’s future adult lifealso. Hence Dharma is extremely important. There is an appropriate way of earning[Sampādanam] Dharma.Hence Artha Kāma Dharma is otherwise called Dharma-Artha-Kāma. Dharma is thesubtle powerful <strong>on</strong>e and is enumerated first. These three human goals have many thingsin comm<strong>on</strong> and put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether, they are called Preyas. Preyas means Dharma + Artha +Kāma. Also called Bhoga. Anything that is acquired deliberately, legitimately, with planningis called Preyas.1.4. Moksha Purushārtha – Ultimate Inner FreedomThis is the fourth human goal. Moksha is also known by the name Mukti or Shreya.Moksha can be translated as freedom. This is an inner freedom, freedom from slavery withregards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Preyas or Dharma-Artha-Kāma.How is a man a slave <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Preyas or anything in this world? Any object or pers<strong>on</strong> in thisworld enslaves us in two ways:An object can enslave by its very absence. When that particular object or pers<strong>on</strong> is notthere and <strong>on</strong>e feels an absence, emptiness or worthlessness then that object is capableof enslaving us. Because of this, we are obsessed with that object’s absence. InSanskrit it is called Shūnyatā Dvārā Abhāvaha Badhnāti.. There is a feeling of missingor lacking or vacuum.An object can also enslave by its very presence. Things bind us by their presence bycreating burden, strain or tensi<strong>on</strong>.Some objects create problems by their absence and presence. E.g. m<strong>on</strong>ey.15


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThis slavery with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Preyas or external goals is a b<strong>on</strong>dage. Freedom from thisslavery, or Self-mastery. I am no more a Dāsa but am a Swāmi. Sāmitvam means thatwhen things are absent, there is no vacuum and when things are present they are notburdensome. Moksha means comfort with and without Dharma-Artha-Kāma. This innerstrength, inner maturity, inner mastery is called Moksha or Shreyas.The first three (Dharma-Artha-Kāma) are sec<strong>on</strong>dary Purushārtha while the last <strong>on</strong>e(Mokha) is primary Purushārtha. In the former (Preyas), slavery c<strong>on</strong>tinues, while in thelatter (Shreyas) al<strong>on</strong>e <strong>on</strong>e is no more a slave of anything.The above are the Chaturvidha PurushārthaM<strong>on</strong>day, 24 March 20082. Shāstram – ScripturesIn this less<strong>on</strong> we will be getting a bird’s eye view of our vast scriptural literature,especially the literature available in the Sanskrit Language. Our entire scriptural literatureis generally called Shāstram. The word Shāstram is derived from the root Shās which hastwo meanings – <strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> command and the other <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> teach. So Shāstram means a literaturewhich commands the human beings in the initial stages and then teaches the humanbeings in the later stages. And by way of commanding and teaching, the scriptures savesa pers<strong>on</strong> from all human problems and since it teaches, commands, and thus saves thehumanity, it is called Shāstram. Shās means <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> teach and Trā means <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> save. ‘ShāsanātTrāyate Iti Shāstram’ – that which saves the humanity from problems by commandment inthe initial stages and by enlightenment in the later stages.Shankarāchārya compares the Shāstram <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a mother. A mother commands the childinitially because the child is not mature enough <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand the significance of thecommandments. The mother has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> even threaten the child. When some<strong>on</strong>e is at agrosser level, the language of commandment and threat is used but when <strong>on</strong>e has grownup sufficiently, gradually we remove commandments and threats and they are replaced byteaching, c<strong>on</strong>vincing, enlightenment and elevati<strong>on</strong>. Since our scriptural literature does thatjob, it is called Shāstram. And this vast scriptural literature can be presented in six layers.These six groups:2.1. Vedas – “Seen” literatureThe first and foremost are the Vedic literature called Vedas in general. The Vedasthemselves are a very vast literature c<strong>on</strong>sisting of 20,000 and odd mantras. It is a veryvast literature and the entire Vedic literature is divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four books known as Rig Veda,Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda and Atharvana Veda.Rig Veda c<strong>on</strong>sists of Rig mantras which are in the form of metrical compositi<strong>on</strong>, poeticcompositi<strong>on</strong>s or Padya compositi<strong>on</strong>s. Yajur Veda c<strong>on</strong>sists of Yajur mantras which areprose compositi<strong>on</strong>s in the form of prose or Gaddya Rupena. Sāma Veda c<strong>on</strong>sists of Sāma16


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandamantras in the form of music – Gīti Rūpa Mantra – and it is said that Indian music isderived from Sāma Veda. Hence <strong>on</strong>ly the chanting of Sāma Veda is called Sāma Gānam.Atharvana Veda c<strong>on</strong>sists of mantras mostly given out by two well known Rishīs – AtharvaRishi and Angiras Rishi. Therefore also called Atharva Veda. The word mantra is used <strong>on</strong>lyfor Vedic compositi<strong>on</strong>s.More than 20,000 such Vedic mantras are available and they are known as mantrasbecause they are meant for enquiry, analysis and assimilati<strong>on</strong>. Mananāt Trāyate Iti Mantra.Mananam means analytical study. Trāyate means it will protect us if we enquire in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> that.According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our traditi<strong>on</strong> even mere repetiti<strong>on</strong> of the mantras, the meditati<strong>on</strong> <strong>on</strong> themantras is capable of helping a pers<strong>on</strong>. And the very word Vedas indicates a source ofknowledge. It is derived from root Vid <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know and the word Veda means a mine ofinformati<strong>on</strong>, a treasure house of knowledge.Vedana Sādhanatvāt VedahaPramānatvāt Vedaha.Who is the author of the Vedas? In our traditi<strong>on</strong> we look up<strong>on</strong> the Vedas as a revelati<strong>on</strong>from the Lord himself. We do not look up<strong>on</strong> the Vedas as human compositi<strong>on</strong>, they are notproducts of human intellect. They are revelati<strong>on</strong>s from the Lord himself, and therefore ifyou want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> talk of the author, God is the author of the Vedas. God does not give out theVedas directly <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> humanity, but reveals the Vedas <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the humanity through the media calledRishayaha (Rishīs). Thus Rishīs are the intermediaries, the pipelines through whom wereceive the Veda mantras. So if you take God as the transmitting stati<strong>on</strong>, Rishīs are thereceiving centres. The word Rishi is derived from Sanskrit root Rish – <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know. RishatiJānāti Iti Rishihi. In our c<strong>on</strong>text we take the Rishīs as the receiving set of the teachingtransmitted by the Lord exactly like the televisi<strong>on</strong>. Our minds cannot receive the wavesbecause they are not equipped for that. But if our televisi<strong>on</strong> set is tuned <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a particularchannel, then we receive the desired channels. Same way with ourselves. The Lord hastransmitted the Vedic teachings in the creati<strong>on</strong>, al<strong>on</strong>g with the creati<strong>on</strong> itself, but we do nothave the equipment <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> receive but the Rishīs are c<strong>on</strong>sidered special beings because oftheir extraordinary medium. This is because of their Sattva and Vishesha Upādhi, they areable <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> receive and therefore Veda mantras transmitted by the Lord and received by theRishīs.There are many Rishīs who have received the mantras. Hence in traditi<strong>on</strong> when a Vedamantra is chanted, they start by remembering the Rishīs first as an expressi<strong>on</strong> ofgratitude. Even in the daily Sandhyāvandanam we call up<strong>on</strong> Savitriyā RishihiVishvāmitraha (saying and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uching the head indicating remembering the c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> ofthe sage). Then the meter in which it is composed Nichrut Gayatri Chandaha – <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uchingthe mouth, then Savitā Devatā – the deity which is talked about through the mantra. SoRishi – Chando - Devatā Smaranam is compulsory before chanting any Vedic mantra. Thisindicates that this particular Rishi has received this mantra. Hence Rishīs are calledmantra Drashtāraha – those who have seen and received the mantras. They are not the17


producers or crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs of the mantras.<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThese Vedas were primarily received and transmitted in Shabda Rūpa al<strong>on</strong>e. They werenot written. For a l<strong>on</strong>g very l<strong>on</strong>g time, the Vedas existed <strong>on</strong>ly in Shabda Rūpa and not inthe form of script and that is why we d<strong>on</strong>’t have a specific script for Sanskrit language.Because it was never written the Rishīs also transmitted <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> their disciples <strong>on</strong>ly verbally andthe Shishyāhā have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> hear and learn. It was a Karna Paramaparā not a HastaParamparā. And since Vedas came down in the form of Karna Paramparā, it is also knownas Shrutihi. Guru Sakāshāt Shrūyate Iti Shrutihi. Guru Upadeshena Shruyate Iti Shutihi –that which is received by hearing. Thus it is called Vedas, Mantra, Shrutihi. Since it is notborn out of human intellect, it being of supra-human origin, it is known as ApaurusheyaPramānam. Apaurusheya means not born out of human intellect. Pramānam meaningsource of knowledge. So these Vedas form the first foremost and primary scripturalliterature. And all the other scriptural literature are based <strong>on</strong> this Vedic foundati<strong>on</strong> <strong>on</strong>ly andthat is why our culture is called Vedic culture – Vaidika Sampradāya and we are all calledVaidikas. Hindu is a name given by somebody else. This is layer <strong>on</strong>e.2.2. Sūtra – Aphoristic (“Nutshell”) literatureThe sec<strong>on</strong>d layer is known as Sūtra literature. This is a literature which is in the form ofSūtra or aphorism - A short pithy instructive saying. Aphorism refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a cryptic statementwhich c<strong>on</strong>tains lot of ideas in capsule form – nutshell statement or capsule statements.Alpāksharam Asandigdham Sāravat Vishva<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mukham.This Sūtra literature c<strong>on</strong>sists of Vedic teachings <strong>on</strong>ly in a codified form. So the functi<strong>on</strong>of Sūtra literature is codificati<strong>on</strong> and clarificati<strong>on</strong> of the Vedic teaching.Codificati<strong>on</strong> means classificati<strong>on</strong> and rearrangement based <strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics. While Vedas is avast literature c<strong>on</strong>taining several <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics strewn all over in an unorganised manner, in Sūtraliterature the ideas are culled from various places and they are arranged <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic wise, hencea <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pical classificati<strong>on</strong>. E.g. all teachings dealing with individual values, duties andresp<strong>on</strong>sibilities, we call it Dharma Sūtrāni. Grihya Sūtrāni deals with family values, familyresp<strong>on</strong>sibilities. In Grihya Sūtrāni there is a slight expansi<strong>on</strong> from individual <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> family. Thencomes literature called Shrauta Sūtrāni where bigger activities meant for welfare of entiresociety are talked about. This deals with big prayers, rituals and functi<strong>on</strong>s not for individualwellbeing but for universal harm<strong>on</strong>y. And <strong>on</strong>e cannot isolate himself from any <strong>on</strong>e sect – apers<strong>on</strong> is an individual, a member of a family and a social member also.Thus we have a very vast Sūtra literature written by several Rishīs. Gautama Sūtrāni,Āpastambha Sūtrāni, Parāshara Sūtrāni are other examples. These compositi<strong>on</strong>s are notgiven out by God. While the Veda is supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be authored by God Himself, the Sūtrāniliterature comes out from the human intellect <strong>on</strong>ly – Paurusheya Shāstram. The differenceis that words bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the authors but the c<strong>on</strong>tent is borrowed from the Vedas <strong>on</strong>ly.Clarificati<strong>on</strong> is yet another functi<strong>on</strong> of the Sūtrāni. If there are certain vague statementsin the Vedas, the Sūtrāni will clarify. Similarly if there are seemingly c<strong>on</strong>tradic<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry18


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandastatements, then the Sūtrāni will resolve the c<strong>on</strong>tradicti<strong>on</strong>s. Hence codificati<strong>on</strong> plusclarificati<strong>on</strong>s are d<strong>on</strong>e by the Sūtra literature. The very word Sūtram has ‘thread’ as <strong>on</strong>e ofits meanings. The literature is called a thread, because it threads the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics c<strong>on</strong>tained inthe Vedas.Veda Vākya Kusuma Grathanārtattvāt Sūtrānām.The Vedic <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics are like flowers which are loose flowers strewn all over. These flowersare collected (classificati<strong>on</strong>) and are tied and presented in the form of w<strong>on</strong>derful garland.2.3. Smrithi – “Remembered” (Clarifica<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry literature)The Smritis are generally in the form of poem. It is a metrical literature. As the wordSmritis shows it is remembered wisdom i.e. the Rishīs study the Vedas, Sūtrāni andhaving gathered all the teachings in the Shruti and Sūtrāni, they again present it in a veryelaborate form. In Sūtra literature it is <strong>on</strong>ly cryptic presentati<strong>on</strong>, but in Smriti literature it isslightly elaborated. The functi<strong>on</strong> of the Smriti is also codificati<strong>on</strong> and clarificati<strong>on</strong>.Thousands and thousands of verses are written by several Rishīs e.g Manu Smriti,Parāshara Smriti, Yāgnavalkya Smriti. If you take a Smriti book and see the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics, you willsee that they are very beautifully arranged. They talk about cosmology – how the creati<strong>on</strong>arose, the duties and goals of life – student, householder, citizen, male and females. Thedifference between Sūtrāni and Smriti is that the Sūtrāni are cryptic and therefore therecan be vagueness whereas in the Smriti, they have got a wider elbowroom <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> explain. InSūtra literature, many ideas are implicit. The implicit ideas are made explicit in the Smriti.Hidden ideas are brought <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> light – Āvishkāraha. This is also an equally vast literature.Generally our scriptural literature has three different forms:- Prose : If it is a prose form as in the Vedic literature, there is svara or in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>nati<strong>on</strong>, whichwill be useful for chanting.- Verse : If it is not chant-able prose, then it is in the form of cryptic statements or verseform. This is so that we can learn them by heart. If we want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> memorise the entireVedas we can do that. Sometimes it is in the form of Sūtrāni which is cryptic and short,it is in capsule form <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> remember.- Poems : The other form is poems. The entire philosophy is presented in Gītā which wecan chant. Philosophy can be chanted. Here philosophy is composed and presentedin poetic form.This is the third layer of literature Smriti Granthaha and this also comes underPaurusheya Shāstram. The compositi<strong>on</strong> is human but the c<strong>on</strong>tent is divine. But in theVedas the compositi<strong>on</strong> and c<strong>on</strong>tent are divine.2.4. Purāna – Popularising literatureThe fourth layer of teachings are Purāna. They are a literature which are in a furtherexpanded form. Purāna are still more magnified that Smriti. The very word Purāna means19


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandathough it is a very ancient literature, it is relevant even now. It is ancient but not obsolete.Purā Api Navaha. Ancient and ever Fresh and relevant even for the 21st century. Youcannot ignore or discard them without losing something. This Purāna literature is also inthe form of poems and they also codify, clarify and magnify the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics from the Vedicteachings.Another important and unique job of the Purāna is that the abstract ideas c<strong>on</strong>tained inthe previous literature are all c<strong>on</strong>cretely presented in the form of s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries. S<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries written ina very vast canvas. E.g. <strong>on</strong>e value given in the Vedas which will be highlighted in the formof a s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry and presented in thousands of verses – Harishchandra Purānam whoseessence is Satyam Vada – speak the truth. Abstract things are c<strong>on</strong>cretised. Audio thingsare made audio visual. And many of the abstract ideas are symbolised in the form ofbeings. In Bhāgavata Purānam, Kāma, Krodha, Ahankāra become Rākshasa –pers<strong>on</strong>ificati<strong>on</strong> of ideas. Language of symbolism is used. Hence c<strong>on</strong>cretisati<strong>on</strong>,symbolisati<strong>on</strong>, pers<strong>on</strong>ificati<strong>on</strong> and magnificati<strong>on</strong> are all d<strong>on</strong>e in the Purāna so that theimpact of the teaching is intense. Similarly respect for father – Pitru Devo Bhava iselaborated as the s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry of Rāma or Nachiketa.Thus we have in the form of s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries or elaborati<strong>on</strong> the Vedic teachings clarified,classified and magnified. And most of the Purāna have been written by Vyāsāchāryahimself and that is why he is greatly revered by us. Eighteen Purāna running <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> thousandsof verses and eighteen Upa-Purāna running <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> another thousands of verses. The mostpopular is Bhāgavata Purānam or Bhāgavatam2.5. Itihāsa – Semi-his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rical literature (Epics)The next layer of literature is Itihāsa. It means his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry based literature. The c<strong>on</strong>tents ofItihāsa is supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be based <strong>on</strong> what really happened. Derived from Iti – Thus, in thisway, Evam; Ha – definitely, doubtlessly; Āsa – it occurred, happened, <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ok place. Even inthe Purāna s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries, many are supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be actual events and the Itihāsa is alsosupposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be based <strong>on</strong> actual events. The Itihāsa are also in the form of poems. ManyPauranikās know them and study by heart. The two main Itihāsa are Rāmāyanam (24,000verses)– written originally by Vālmīki , and the other Mahābhāratha (1 lakh verses) writtenby Vyāsāchārya.Rāmāyana is the life led by Rāma. Rāma is presented as a model of Vedic way of living.Rāmasya Ayanam Mārgaha Jīvita Rītihi. Because models have powerful impact, hencewhen some teaching is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be given it is given through models.Mahābhāratha means the s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry of Bharata Vamsha Rājā. Mahā indicating a vastliterature dealing with s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries of Bharata Vamsha and through the s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries, the Vedicteachings are presented. Here, even though the literature is based <strong>on</strong> his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry this shouldnot be taken as pure his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry. Presenting his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry is not the primary purpose of the literature.If it were the purpose, all the details should be given exactly. His<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry is taken as a support,the primary purpose is Vedic teaching and therefore his<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry is mixed with ficti<strong>on</strong> also.20


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSome are facts and some are ficti<strong>on</strong>. E.g. Did Rāvanā have ten heads ? The ten headsare representative of multiple pers<strong>on</strong>ality syndrome – ruler, Rākshasa, arrogance etc.Hence sometimes, fictitious characters are introduced, sometimes symbolic language isintroduced.2.6. Bhāshyam – Exegetical literatureThe sixth and final layer of literature is Bhāshyam literature. This refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> commentarieswritten in Sanskrit <strong>on</strong> all the above forms of literature. There are commentaries <strong>on</strong> Vedas,Sūtrāni, Itihāsa. We also have sub-commentaries and sub-sub- commentaries.Commentaries are required because our scriptural literature has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be unlocked in anappropriate manner. If you do not know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> extract the teaching, you will haveproblems with the scriptural literature – develop negative opini<strong>on</strong>, havemisunderstandings. There is a key <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> unlock this – called Sampradāyaha - the method ofopening, unlocking. Hence we generally d<strong>on</strong>’t recommend the translati<strong>on</strong>s written <strong>on</strong> theliterature, especially by the western people or western educated Indians, because bysimply going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Sanskrit dicti<strong>on</strong>ary, the true meaning cannot be obtained. There is aspecial methodology called Sampradāya. Using this Sampradāya, our traditi<strong>on</strong>al Āchāryashave written Bhāshya Granthās and Vyākhyāna Granthās. These commentaries are informs of prose or verse.Thus all these six layers put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether are called Shāstram and the entire Shāstram ismeant for <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e purpose – helping us in the accomplishment of Purushārtha.Wednesday, 26 March 20083. Varna Dharma – Social Scheme– A unique design for peace and prosperityIn this sessi<strong>on</strong>, we will discuss the important <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of Varna Āshrama Vyavasthā. VarnaĀshrama Vyavasthā can be translated as Varna Āshrama scheme. We saw in the lastsessi<strong>on</strong> how the main aim of the scriptures is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> help the human being in accomplishingthe fourfold human goals. The scriptures are willing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> help those people who are willing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>take the assistance of the scriptures. There is no enforcement. Whoever has got faith inthe scriptures, whoever is humble enough <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> take assistance from the scriptures, thescriptures provide valuable help for the humanity in accomplishing the fourfold goals orPreyas and Shreyas.For accomplishing these fourfold goals, the scriptures provide a particular infrastructure.A country’s progress needs a proper infrastructure like roads and communicati<strong>on</strong>. Vedasor the scriptures also understand the role and importance of the infrastructure and theinfrastructure presented by the Vedas is called Varna Āshrama Vyavasthā. According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the scriptures this scheme is the ideal scheme in which the society can or the humanbeings can accomplish all the four Purushārtha. It must be remembered that when Vedas21


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaprovide a scheme, they keep in mind the spiritual and material goals of life. The westernsociety specialises in providing the infrastructure <strong>on</strong>ly for material success – makingm<strong>on</strong>ey and providing entertainment. An infrastructure which suits <strong>on</strong>ly the materialsuccess is not enough for the accomplishment of spiritual goals. Hence the scripturalinfrastructure keeps in mind both the material and spiritual goals of humanity. This isbecause, according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the scriptures, mere material success is absolutely worthless. Thisis what Arjuna discovered <strong>on</strong> the battle field. Even though he was materially rich andaccomplished pers<strong>on</strong>, his spiritual bankruptcy came in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the fore when he faced a crisis inlife. And therefore the scriptures say the material success is extremely important but itshould be equally balanced by spiritual success also and ultimately what matters isspiritual success. A truly successful pers<strong>on</strong> is <strong>on</strong>e who has discovered his real spiritualnature.And the infrastructure or the social design or scheme given by the scriptures is calledVarna Āshrama Vyavasthā. It c<strong>on</strong>sists of two schemes, Varna Vyavasthā and ĀshramaVyavasthā. We will first take up the Varna Scheme for our study and then the ĀshramaScheme.3.1. Varna Vyavasthā – Sociological schemeVarna Vyavasthā is a social scheme which is meant for the upliftment of, the growth of,the prosperity of the society as a whole. Varna Vyavasthā is a sociological scheme. It is aMacro scheme taking a society in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> account whereas Āshrama Vyavasthā is a scheme inwhich the individual growth and success are kept in mind. The society must also be takenin<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> account as a whole and the individual must also be taken in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> account becauseindividuals put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether al<strong>on</strong>e form the society. Therefore a balance has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be struckbetween the individual and the society. Hence Varna Vyavasthā is a social scheme.In the Varna Vyavasthā the whole humanity or society is classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four groups orfour classes. Each group is called a Varnaha. And the society is divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four suchgroups which we called Varna Vibhāgaha. Varna Vyavasthā is a scheme in which thesociety is broadly classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four groups known as Varna Vibhāgaha. And each groupserves as an organ of the society if the society is taken as <strong>on</strong>e body. Thus the society isseen as an organic whole having this fourfold organs. Those four Varnāhā:- Brāhmana Varnaha- Kshatriyaha Varnaha- Vaishya Varnaha- Shūdra VarnahaVarnaha can be translated as ‘groups’ for the time being.What is the basis <strong>on</strong> which this divisi<strong>on</strong> is made ? Any distincti<strong>on</strong> can be made based<strong>on</strong> any characteristic or c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>. Thus whenever you talk of classificati<strong>on</strong> you should askwhat is the basis of classificati<strong>on</strong> so that I can determine in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> which group I bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>. Andwhen we look at the basis of classificati<strong>on</strong>, we can see that there are three different bases22


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaor c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>s <strong>on</strong> which the society can be classified. The groups will change and my statuswill change based <strong>on</strong> the norm of classificati<strong>on</strong>.3.1.1. Guna Vibhāgaha – Classificati<strong>on</strong> based pers<strong>on</strong>ality traitThe first norm <strong>on</strong> which the society can be classified is character or pers<strong>on</strong>ality orinclinati<strong>on</strong> or trait. In Sanskrit we call it Guna Vibhāgaha – Guna based divisi<strong>on</strong> of society.And when you make such a divisi<strong>on</strong> we talk about four types of pers<strong>on</strong>alities and based <strong>on</strong>the type of pers<strong>on</strong>ality, the pers<strong>on</strong> will be called:- Guna Brāhmana or- Guna Kashatriya or- Guna Vaishya or- Guna ShūdraThe above classificati<strong>on</strong> is purely based <strong>on</strong> pers<strong>on</strong>ality.The next questi<strong>on</strong> is what makes me a Guna Brahmana ? What pers<strong>on</strong>ality trait makesme a Guna Brahmana or Guna Kshatriyaha or Guna Vaishya or Guna Shūdra ?The four traits given in the scriptures are as follows:- Spiritual Pers<strong>on</strong>ality- Dynamic Pers<strong>on</strong>ality- Selfishly Motivated Pers<strong>on</strong>ality- Lethargic Pers<strong>on</strong>ality3.1.1.1. Spiritual Pers<strong>on</strong>alityA pers<strong>on</strong>ality in which <strong>on</strong>e gravitates <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards spirituality primarily. One who lovesspiritual pursuits, withdrawal, solitude, silence, c<strong>on</strong>templati<strong>on</strong>, pursuits of the ultimatereality. That al<strong>on</strong>e appeals <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> that mind. While all the other things in life which the otherpeople c<strong>on</strong>sider as very important, for this pers<strong>on</strong>ality they appear insignificant or evensilly. Such a spiritually oriented, c<strong>on</strong>templative, silent, solitude enquiry loving pers<strong>on</strong>ality ortrait is called Guna Brāhmanatvam and such a pers<strong>on</strong> is called Guna Brāhmanaha.Sanyāsa appeals <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> such a mind. Renunciati<strong>on</strong> appeals <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> such a mind. While for otherpeople, solitude appears as terrible l<strong>on</strong>eliness, a dreadful depressing l<strong>on</strong>eliness, this mindloves solitude. This is called a spiritual pers<strong>on</strong>ality and whoever enjoys this trait is calledGuna Brāhmanaha. In the Shāstrams, the technical word used is Sattva Pradhānapers<strong>on</strong>ality.3.1.1.2. Dynamic Pers<strong>on</strong>alityThis pers<strong>on</strong>ality heavily loves activity. Outgoing, active, planning, energetic, dynamic,highly motivated mind are the traits. And this motivati<strong>on</strong> is itself selfless motivati<strong>on</strong>.Interested in activity but not in self-centred activity, not selfish dynamism but interested inc<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong>, serving, uplifting, helping the society. Such a selflessly motivated mind is23


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandacalled Guna Kshatriya mind – a pers<strong>on</strong>ality which heavily c<strong>on</strong>tributes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the materialprogress of the society. So we will call it Guna Kshatriya – selflessly motivated mind. In theShāstrams, the technical word used is Shuddha Rajaha Pradhāna pers<strong>on</strong>ality. It is activeand the activity with noble motives.3.1.1.3. Selfishly Motivated Pers<strong>on</strong>alityThis pers<strong>on</strong>ality is also equally dynamic as the Kshatriya pers<strong>on</strong>ality. Both cannot thinkof solitude, withdrawal or Sanyasi and may get angry with Sanyasi. So this type is highlydynamic and motivated, cannot think of silence, renunciati<strong>on</strong>, c<strong>on</strong>templati<strong>on</strong> but thispers<strong>on</strong>ality is different from the previous <strong>on</strong>e. This pers<strong>on</strong>ality is highly self centred –selfishly motivated pers<strong>on</strong>ality. So every activity has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> produce a benefit for <strong>on</strong>eself and<strong>on</strong>e’s family. This pers<strong>on</strong>ality would like <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> amass wealth, and will not think of c<strong>on</strong>tributing<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the society. So this mind is Guna Vaishya mind. Can be translated as selfishly motivatedand dynamic mind. In the Shāstrams, the technical word used is Ashuddha RajahaPradhāna pers<strong>on</strong>ality. It is Rajaha Pradhāna pers<strong>on</strong>ality, dynamic and active, enthusiasticand motivated, but the Ashuddhi is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally selfishness.3.1.1.4. Lethargic Pers<strong>on</strong>alityThis pers<strong>on</strong>ality is called Guna Shūdra and is passive and lethargic. It has nomotivati<strong>on</strong> at all either for material or spiritual success. No Purushārtha appeals <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> thispers<strong>on</strong>ality. The mere goals of life is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> eat and survive and die. This is a mind which isvery close <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> animalistic mind. A lethargic, passive, motivati<strong>on</strong>-less pers<strong>on</strong>ality is the fourthtype of pers<strong>on</strong>ality called Guna Shūdra Pers<strong>on</strong>ality. In the Shāstrams, the technical wordused is Tamas Pradhāna pers<strong>on</strong>ality.The above are four norms based <strong>on</strong> which Guna Vibhāgaha or Gunataha VarnaVibhāgaha is d<strong>on</strong>e. And we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> decide whether we are Guna Brāhmana or GunaKshatriyaha or Guna Vaishya or Guna Shūdra. We need not declare it outside, but we canknow where we stand.3.1.2. Karma Vibhāgaha – Classificati<strong>on</strong> based <strong>on</strong> professi<strong>on</strong>The next norm of classificati<strong>on</strong> is Karma Vibhāgaha of the four Varnas - the fourfoldVarnas based <strong>on</strong> work or professi<strong>on</strong> or c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> d<strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the society. And all thepossible professi<strong>on</strong>s are broadly classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four types of works. These are notwatertight and may involve overlap. Each work is important <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the growth of the society.3.1.2.1. Karma Brāhmanaha – Scriptural study and teachingThe most important <strong>on</strong>e which is being neglected nowadays is scriptural learning andteaching. Scriptural teaching primarily is a very important work, which requiresspecialisati<strong>on</strong> and dedicated pursuit. We saw earlier, our scriptures are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>o big. Ourscriptures are both extensive and intensive. By extensive, we mean it deals with a range of<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics – philosophy, ritual, astrology, ethics, grammar etc. The scriptures are also intensive24


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda– they have commentaries and sub commentaries. And all this takes a lot of effort. Sounless somebody is there <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> dedicate their lives <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> learn and teach, you cannot maintainand preserve. One important job <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be d<strong>on</strong>e is studying the scriptures in their originals.Translati<strong>on</strong>s are often terrible. Not <strong>on</strong>ly we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> study the scriptures, <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> maintain thescriptures it has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be taught <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the next generati<strong>on</strong> equally extensively and intensively.Can every lay pers<strong>on</strong> go <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal study of scriptures? To complete the 700 verses ofthe Gītā, it takes 6-7 years and people find it difficult. Therefore the whole society cannotdedicate itself <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the study of scriptures. Therefore we require a separate group whichspecialises <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong> that. They should not have any other job, their <strong>on</strong>ly job should bestudying all the scriptures and teach the next generati<strong>on</strong> and society in a simplifiedmanner in a c<strong>on</strong>temporary language and interpreting in a way suitable for the presentsociety. E.g. One cannot teach everything in the Brahma Sūtra <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the public. One cannot,need not and whole society does not require that. Whatever is required by the society thatmuch knowledge somebody must give. This is like the medical or legal professi<strong>on</strong>. We canhave a basic understanding of our health. We need not study the whole medical science,but we require some medical people who have dedicated their life for the medical scienceand who enlighten the society with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the basic laws of health or law. Therefore theentire humanity cannot study the whole scriptures and therefore we require a whole grouppeople who have dedicated their life for the study of scriptures and memorising and chantthese. Even chanting of the scriptures is good for the society. The Vedic vibrati<strong>on</strong>, issupposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> give help <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the society. Therefore a group dedicated <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Veda Adhyayanam,Veda Adhyāpanam, Veda Pārāyanam, Veda Pāthanam and Vedic interpretati<strong>on</strong>. Vedicinterpretati<strong>on</strong> is important because, what is said hundred years ago, may not be relevantnow. So when new situati<strong>on</strong>s come, a scripture has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be flexibly interpreted <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> suit themodern society. And if proper interpretati<strong>on</strong> is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be d<strong>on</strong>e, that pers<strong>on</strong> should have aholistic visi<strong>on</strong>, a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal visi<strong>on</strong> and therefore it is a separate work that requires life-l<strong>on</strong>gdedicati<strong>on</strong> which is called scriptural teaching. They are the scriptural teachers of thesociety or c<strong>on</strong>sultants and they may have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> serve as psychiatrists <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the society. This isbecause scriptures deal with psychological problems also. That work is called BrahmanaKarma or whoever takes up that job is called Karma Brahmanaha whose life is c<strong>on</strong>fined <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>scriptures.3.1.2.2. Karma Kshatriyaha – Public service and administrti<strong>on</strong>The sec<strong>on</strong>d type of professi<strong>on</strong> which is valued now is all forms of public service,administrati<strong>on</strong> of the country, governing the society, maintenance of law and order, policingthe society, defending the country, army – all these things will come under those activitieswhich are meant for providing the peaceful and appropriate atmosphere for the citizens <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pursue their goals. Otherwise there will be no harm<strong>on</strong>y all over. If the individual shouldpursue his goal, the atmosphere of the society must be maintained. In the olden days, itwas the duty of the king, nowadays it is the role of ministers and administra<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs. Andwhoever has taken <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> that professi<strong>on</strong> or Karma is called Karma Kshatriyaha.25


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda3.1.2.3. Karma Vaishya – CommerceThis refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all forms of commercial activities, business and trade. This is important forthe equal distributi<strong>on</strong> and sharing of the wealth of the requirement of the society. Thisincludes all forms of commercial activities. This karma is called Vaishya Karma andwhoever takes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> this activity is called Karma Vaishyaha.3.1.2.4. Karma Shūdraha – LabourIn the fourth and final part comes all forms of labour. Unskilled or semi-skilled labourwhere a pers<strong>on</strong> cannot think and there is no leadership but does the activities for someother pers<strong>on</strong>. No independent thinking exists but service <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> other three groups of people is<strong>on</strong>ly there i.e. following the leadership of Karma Brahmana, Karma Kshatriya or KarmaVaishya. And whoever takes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> such an activity is called Karma Shūdraha.Therefore, I can be based <strong>on</strong> my professi<strong>on</strong>, any <strong>on</strong>e of the above. This is the sec<strong>on</strong>ddivisi<strong>on</strong> called Karma Vibhāgaha and this also comes under Varna Vyavasthā.3.1.3. Jāti Vibhāgaha – Classificati<strong>on</strong> based <strong>on</strong> birthThe third divisi<strong>on</strong> is purely based <strong>on</strong> the norm of birth, Janma or the family in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> which<strong>on</strong>e is born. In Sanskrit , birth is called Jātihi. Derived from Jan – <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be born. And based <strong>on</strong>the birth, <strong>on</strong>e can be a Jāti Brāhmanaha if born in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Brahmana family, a Jāti Kshatriya ifborn in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Kshatriya family, a Jāti Vaishya if born in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Vaishya family or a Jāti Shūdra ifborn in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Shūdra family.From three different norms the society can be classified. E.g. a pers<strong>on</strong> can be a JātiBrāhmanaha and if he becomes an MP or MLA he becomes a Karma Kshatriya andsuppose if he exploits the positi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> amass wealth then he becomes a Guna Vaishyaha.Thus <strong>on</strong>e pers<strong>on</strong> himself, can be in these three Varnāhā. It depends <strong>on</strong> the norm that youbase. This is the first <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of classificati<strong>on</strong> of the Varnas.3.2. Which is the best ?Next we will discuss the gradati<strong>on</strong>. Do we have any gradati<strong>on</strong> in the Varnas ? Is anyVarna superior or inferior <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the other ? In Sanskrit this is called Tāra Tamyam. Now wesay, that as far as Jāti Vibhāgaha is c<strong>on</strong>cerned i.e. birth wise divisi<strong>on</strong> is c<strong>on</strong>cerned, all thefour are equal by birth. Birth cannot give superiority <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> any<strong>on</strong>e or inferiority <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> any<strong>on</strong>e.Jātitaha Sarve Api Samāhā Eva. Therefore nobody should claim superiority from thestandpoint of Jāti. Caste system is the problem caused by the Tāra Tamyam attributed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Jāti Vibhāgaha. In Jāti Vibhāgaha there is no superiority.Then what about professi<strong>on</strong> ? Karma Vibhāgaha wise, is anybody superior ? KarmaVibhāgaha wise also, all are equal. No professi<strong>on</strong> is inferior or superior, all jobs are equallyimportant. And it is from this angle, the well known Purusha Sūktam mantra occurs,Brahmanosya Mukham Āsīt,Bahurajanya kritaha26


Ūrutadasya Yad VaishyahaPadbhyagum Shudro Ajāyata<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThe above is for Karma Vibhāgaha <strong>on</strong>ly. Just as four organs have four differentfuncti<strong>on</strong>s, the four Varnas have four different functi<strong>on</strong>s. The above mantra means :Brāhmanaha : Teaching professi<strong>on</strong>al scriptural teaching.Kshatriya : Maintenance of Law and OrderVaishya : Taking care of the ec<strong>on</strong>omic strength of the society, support systemShūdra : All forms of labour, more of running around and less of head usageAnd by saying that all these four are the four parts of the Lord, we say that all of themare equally sacred. You cannot say that the feet are less sacred than the Mukham. In factwe worship the feet of the Lord. Shankarāchārya is called Bhagavadpādaha and notBhagavadshiraha. We talk about Pāda Pūja and not Ūru Pūja or Hasta Pūja. Thereforeprofessi<strong>on</strong> wise, there is no Tāra Tamyam. So Jāti Tāra Tamyam Nāsti, Karma TāraTamyam Nāsti.Whereas in Guna Vibhāgaha, there is a gradati<strong>on</strong>. A Guna Brāhmana is certainlysuperior <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Guna Kshatriya is certainly superior <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Guna Vaishya is certainly superior <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Guna Shūdra. Because Guna Shūdra is closer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> animals and Guna Brahmana is closer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>God. And therefore character wise superiority we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish and whoever has gotthe higher character deserves Namaskāram . Even though Prahalāda is a born Rākshasa,he can become the most reverential pers<strong>on</strong> in our culture. Prahlāda, Nārada, Parāshara –early morning, we are supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> remember Prahlāda even before Nārada. Thereforebirth does not matter, character al<strong>on</strong>e matters.Therefore there is no gradati<strong>on</strong> in Jāti and Karma Vibhāgaha but gradati<strong>on</strong> is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> berecognised in Guna Vibhāgaha.3.3. Is there a choice ?The next <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic is Choice. Do we have a choice in determining our group ?3.3.1. Jāti Vibhāgaha – Choice of birth?As far as Jāti [birth] s c<strong>on</strong>cerned, we d<strong>on</strong>’t have choice with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> this birth,because we are already born. But the scriptures say, we do have a choice with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the next birth.Shuchīnām Srīmatām Gehe Yogabhrash<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Abhijāyate. — Bhagavad Gītā 6.41This birth we have already chosen, the next we can choose by our lifestyle. Thereforethis <strong>on</strong>ly a partial choice.3.3.2. Karma Vibhāgaha – Choice of professi<strong>on</strong>?As far as professi<strong>on</strong> is c<strong>on</strong>cerned, Karma Vibhāgaha, we do have a choice. And we canchoose our professi<strong>on</strong> from any angle. I can choose my professi<strong>on</strong> based <strong>on</strong> my:27


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda- Svabhāva or character – character or trait based choice of professi<strong>on</strong>.Or I can base it <strong>on</strong>- Heredity – birth based or family professi<strong>on</strong>.Or the choice is- M<strong>on</strong>ey based – where there is income.Our scriptures based <strong>on</strong> ideal is character based choice. Because you will love yourprofessi<strong>on</strong> and it will not be a burden. Even salary will not matter then because you willlove the very work itself. In fact Karma Yoga can be ideally practiced if you love what youdo because the very performance gives you satisfacti<strong>on</strong>.Character based professi<strong>on</strong> is ideal, but if you are not sure about character, then thenext best is family based or hereditary professi<strong>on</strong>. There will be no competiti<strong>on</strong> or overcrowding of certain fields and then some fields will not be neglected. Thus all professi<strong>on</strong>swill be protected and there will be no competiti<strong>on</strong>.The worst and negative approach is m<strong>on</strong>ey based choice of professi<strong>on</strong>. This is the mostterrible <strong>on</strong>e because, when m<strong>on</strong>ey becomes important, corrupti<strong>on</strong> will be inevitable in asociety where m<strong>on</strong>ey is God. Hence either go by character or by family. An in fact <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> agreat extent our society was heredity based. Now al<strong>on</strong>e it is gradually changed.3.3.3. Guna Vibhāgaha – Choice of character improvement?With regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Guna also, we do have a choice. And all the spiritual SādhanāniSādhanā are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> improve our Gunāhā <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Guna Brāhmanatvam. We all should becomeGuna Brāhmana ultimately, whatever be our birth or professi<strong>on</strong>. Therefore there is choicein this also. Also note, <strong>on</strong>ly because there is choice, it is called Varnaha. Vriyate ItiVarnaha. You can choose your (next) Janma, professi<strong>on</strong> or character, but the choice ofcharacter is ultimately important.Sunday, 30 March 20084. Ashrama Vyavasthā – Individual scheme– The individual scheme in which the life is divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four stages:The Student stageThe Family stageThe Hermit stageThe Sanyāsa stage– The Student stageIn this stage, educati<strong>on</strong> is the focus. Knowing the importance of both material andspiritual goal.– The Family stage28


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaEmphasis is pursuit of Artha and Kāma – material goal oriented.– The Hermit stageTransiti<strong>on</strong> stage where I prepare for Spiritual goal and gradually withdraw from materialpursuit and prepare for spiritual pursuit– The Sanyāsa StageWhen I am dedicated <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Spiritual pursuit.These four stages have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be g<strong>on</strong>e through by every<strong>on</strong>e, in fact all the spiritualSādhanāni are <strong>on</strong>ly these four stages.In the last class, we saw about Varna Āshrama Vyavasthā or Varna Āshrama Schemewhich is prescribed by our scriptures for the accomplishment of the human goalsotherwise called Purushārtha. And we saw that this Varna Āshrama scheme c<strong>on</strong>sists oftwo schemes – <strong>on</strong>e being Varna Vyavasthā or the Varna Scheme and the other beingĀshrama Vyavasthā or Āshrama scheme. Of these two we dealt with Varna schemeelaborately. Therefore we will now see Āshrama Vyavasthā scheme as designed by theShāstram and more important and relevant than the Varna Vyavasthā.Āshrama is generally translated as a stage in life and the entire life of a Vaidika isdivided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four stages otherwise called four Āshrama - Chatvāraha Āshramāhā. Thesefour stages areBrahmachari Āshrama – a stage of a student lifeGrihastha Āshrama – a stage of a housholder’s lifeVānaprastha Āshrama – a stage of a hermit’s lifeSanyāsa Āshrama – a stage of a m<strong>on</strong>k’s life of renunciati<strong>on</strong>.The above are the four Āshramas menti<strong>on</strong>ed in our Shāstrams. What is the meaning ofthe word Āshrama? Derivatively seen, the word Shramaha means effort, a deliberate wilfulwell directed effort. Here the effort is a spiritual Sādhanā. Therefore Shramaha meansspiritual Sādhanā or Sādhanā Anushtāna. And Āshramaha refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a stage of life in whicha pers<strong>on</strong> practices spiritual Sādhanāni.Ā Samantāt Shramaha Ādhyātmika Sādhanā Anushtānanam Yasmin Saha - a state inwhich a pers<strong>on</strong> is committed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual Sādhanā. And since the entire life is divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>four Āshramas, according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our scriptures, the entire life is a spiritual journey. Āshrama isnot <strong>on</strong>ly in the later part of life, it is not a post-retirement exercise, the entire life is a seriesof spiritual Sādhanāni <strong>on</strong>ly. The <strong>on</strong>ly difference, in each stage the type of spiritualSādhanā differs. And that is why according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our scriptures the primary and ultimate goalof a human being is spiritual goal <strong>on</strong>ly.Even though we temporarily accept Dharma Artha and Kāma as human goals, but in theheart of hearts the scriptures do not accept them as real goals. They are apparent goalsand appear as goals as l<strong>on</strong>g as a pers<strong>on</strong> is immature. And accepting the viewpoint of animmature pers<strong>on</strong>. The scriptures talk about the other three goals, but really speaking thereis <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e goal that is spiritual. And therefore the scriptures design an entire lifestyle full29


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaof spiritual Sādhanā for the realisati<strong>on</strong> accomplishment of the spiritual goal called Moksha.Until he becomes mature, he will practice spiritual Sādhanā without knowing that it isspiritual Sādhanā. Veda prescribe the Sādhanā which are like sugar coated pills so a childc<strong>on</strong>sumes the medicine as though it is a sweet but inside hidden is the medicine. Similarlythe scriptures prescribe exercises which are seemingly meant for Dharma-Artha-Kāma butthe hidden intent is that they will also unknowingly in a hidden manner. Our scriptures alsohave a hidden agenda. The superficial agenda is Sādhanā for Dharma-Artha-Kāma but thehidden agenda is Sādhanā for Mokha. Since in all the four stages, exercises areprescribed for spiritual goals, all the four stages are Āshrama <strong>on</strong>ly. And the spiritual goal isnothing but a freedom struggle, a struggle for internal freedom. But the life is a freedomstruggle meant for spiritual freedom otherwise called Moksha.These four stages are very interesting, because it is very close <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the stages which areunderg<strong>on</strong>e by certain insects like butterflies. If you study the life stages of a butterfly talkedabout by an en<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mologist, they also go through four stages. First is the egg stage, thenfrom the egg, they come out as worms called caterpillar voraciously eating leaves andafter a burst of activities again they withdraw in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a stage of pupa. Similar <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the egg stage,the pupa stage also has no activity and it is withdrawal. And from the pupa stage theycome out as a full fledged butterfly free <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fly. In the butterfly stage al<strong>on</strong>e it is the mostattractive <strong>on</strong>e. Now we will see what are these four Āshramas.4.1. Brahmachari Āshrama – Student stageThe first Āshrama is Brahmachari Āshrama or student’s life or the life of educati<strong>on</strong>. Thequesti<strong>on</strong> is what is the purpose and c<strong>on</strong>tent of educati<strong>on</strong> ? Nowadays when we talk abouteducati<strong>on</strong>, we <strong>on</strong>ly mean learning certain professi<strong>on</strong>al skills meant for earning. Learningfor earning. Only m<strong>on</strong>ey or earning or entertainment or Artha-Kāma al<strong>on</strong>e are kept in mindwhen we talk about educati<strong>on</strong> nowadays – which particular professi<strong>on</strong> will give maximumsalary and if possible minimum work. This is not the approach of our scriptures. Ourscriptures accept that there should be learning of professi<strong>on</strong>al skills. It is required becausewe have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> earn our livelihood. I should become either Karma Brāhmanaha or KarmaKshatriyaha or Karma Vaishyaha or Karma Shūdra. For the appropriate professi<strong>on</strong>, Ishould get the knowledge and skills and this educati<strong>on</strong> is unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od and scripturesaccept this.But according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our scriptures this is <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e aspect of educati<strong>on</strong> and in fact it is asec<strong>on</strong>dary aspect <strong>on</strong>ly that has unfortunately become primary <strong>on</strong>ly now. According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> ourscriptures the primary purpose of educati<strong>on</strong> is refinement of a pers<strong>on</strong>, character building ofa pers<strong>on</strong>, transformati<strong>on</strong> of the pers<strong>on</strong> so that he will harm<strong>on</strong>iously fit in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the societyc<strong>on</strong>tributing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> both the social and individual growth. If an unrefined corrupt pers<strong>on</strong>, avalueless pers<strong>on</strong> enters the society there will be <strong>on</strong>ly disharm<strong>on</strong>y and problems in thesociety. And this refinement al<strong>on</strong>e makes an animalistic man governed by instincts will bec<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a humane man , a Man man who is governed by proper ways of living.Swāmi Chinmayānanda beautifully uses the expressi<strong>on</strong>, the animal man should be reborn30


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaas Man-man. A wild human being should become a tamed or cultured human being and<strong>on</strong>ly then a Man man can be c<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a God man.You would have heard about metals dug out from the earth and when the crude metalsare dug from mines they are in crude ore form. This is a crude form that cannot be used byany<strong>on</strong>e. No doubt they have been extracted out of the earth, no doubt the metal is born,but the metal is <strong>on</strong>ly potentially useful and not yet useful. If the metal has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be madeuseful, it has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry and undergo a set of processes of refinement and the oreshould be c<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a refined metal and that al<strong>on</strong>e can be brought for public use.Similarly when we are born out of our mother, our first birth is unrefined crude <strong>on</strong>lypotentially useful form. And we should not enter the society without going through asec<strong>on</strong>d process called Gurukulavāsā or educati<strong>on</strong> system in which I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get refined.And that is why we say, we all should have two Janmāhā and we should all becomeDvijaha. Prākrita Janāhā <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Samkrita Janāhā – crude human being <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> cultured humanbeing, this c<strong>on</strong>versi<strong>on</strong> is the job of educati<strong>on</strong>.And that is why in many Smritis, two sets of parents are talked about. The biologicalparents give birth <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the crude human being.Matur Agre Adhijananam Dvitīyam Mounji Bandhanāt,Tatrāsya Mātā Gāyatri Pitā Tu Āchārya Uchyate.The first set of parents is the biological parents through whom I am born in an unrefinedform. Then I go <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> my Āchārya or Guru who uses Gāyatri Devi. Gāyatri Devi representsVidyā or educati<strong>on</strong> or Shāstram Jnānam. And this Āchārya is the father and Gāyatri orSarasvati is the mother. Guru as the father and educati<strong>on</strong> as the mother will c<strong>on</strong>vert mein<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a useful refined mature human being.Therefore educati<strong>on</strong> must include scriptural educati<strong>on</strong> also according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our scripturesand that is why the very student stage is called Brahmachāri Āshrama. Brahma heremeans the scriptures or the Vedas. And Chāri is the <strong>on</strong>e who dwells up<strong>on</strong>. Brahmani VedeCharati. Charati means walks, travels mentally through the Vedic teaching which is nothingbut scriptural educati<strong>on</strong>. Going through that is Brahmachari Āshrama.The next questi<strong>on</strong> is what type of educati<strong>on</strong> should I have for the refinement of thepers<strong>on</strong>ality. What type of educati<strong>on</strong> do the scriptures give <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> refine me ? Three things arevery important.4.1.1. Understand the GoalThe first thing is I should very clearly know what is the ultimate goal that I am workingfor. Imagine in a football match, all the eleven people know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> dribble the ball andkeep the ball with their team without giving it <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the other team. And when they d<strong>on</strong>’t strikeany goal, there is no use at all. Remember that I should know, dribbling the ball is not anend in itself, after <strong>on</strong>e and half hours I will be tired but I w<strong>on</strong>t be successful. I should knowthrough the struggles that even though the footballer is handling the ball, he remembersthat he has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> strike a goal. The whole life is a football match. We are handling so many31


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandathings like m<strong>on</strong>ey, family, office etc but the questi<strong>on</strong> is what for is all this ? I should beclearly taught and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ld that the goal is Moksha or I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>vert myself from animal man<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Man-man <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> God Man. This is the purpose and if I d<strong>on</strong>’t accomplish this, I have playedfootball very well, but the result is nothing.Yaha Ātmānam Aviditvā Asmān Lokāt Prayiti, Saha KripanahaYaha Aksharam Viditvā Prayiti, Saha Eva Brāhmanaha.(BrIhadāranyaka Upanishad)Therefore the student must know that the spiritual goal is the ultimate goal4.1.2. Knowledge of RitualsThe sec<strong>on</strong>d thing that has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be there is the knowledge of some form of religiousworship which is generally known as rituals. This also should be known and unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>odbecause many people do not understand the role and importance of worship and rituals.Physical-ised worship is being referred <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> here. Because rituals or worship are <strong>on</strong>e of thebest methods <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> develop discipline. Wherever rituals are there, religious or material rituals,discipline is bound <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> come. And wherever discipline is involved, rituals will au<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>maticallycome. E.g. The army is the most disciplined part of the country and they have themaximum rituals. Greeting, walking, functi<strong>on</strong>s in their group and even standing is ritualistic.Discipline and rituals always go <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether and therefore <strong>on</strong>e requires some form of ritual <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>develop discipline.The sec<strong>on</strong>d purpose is developing dynamism in life. Because laziness is the mostnatural thing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the physical body.Ālasyam Hi Manushyānām Sharīrastho Mahān Ripuhu.Laziness is inborn in the body. Unless we have some physical routine in life the lazinesswill not go away. Tamo Guna Nivrittārtham. One requires rituals or physicalised routinesThe third purpose is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> develop devoti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Lord. Devoti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Lord can be developed <strong>on</strong>lyby physicallised expressi<strong>on</strong>. Devoti<strong>on</strong> is an inner mental feeling like any other emoti<strong>on</strong>.Emoti<strong>on</strong> is invisible. Any emoti<strong>on</strong> has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be expressed and this is by verbalisati<strong>on</strong> orphysicallisati<strong>on</strong> or both. The body has its own language of communicating with eitherpositive or negative emoti<strong>on</strong>s. This expressi<strong>on</strong> not <strong>on</strong>ly reveals my emoti<strong>on</strong>, thisexpressi<strong>on</strong> will nourish my emoti<strong>on</strong> also. Thus the expressi<strong>on</strong> is not <strong>on</strong>ly the effect of myemoti<strong>on</strong>, but the expressi<strong>on</strong> can nourish the emoti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore every expressi<strong>on</strong> is acause and a c<strong>on</strong>sequence of an emoti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore when I do Pūja, I am expressing mydevoti<strong>on</strong> and also nourishing my devoti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore our relati<strong>on</strong>ship with the Lord is keptalive and is nourished throughout our life. Ultimately the scriptures are going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> teach usthat the <strong>on</strong>ly permanent relati<strong>on</strong> is the relati<strong>on</strong> with God. All the other human relati<strong>on</strong>,however much carefully you nourish will end someday or the other. If at all there is <strong>on</strong>epermanent relati<strong>on</strong>, that is with God. Therefore that relati<strong>on</strong>ship of reverence and devoti<strong>on</strong>,must be kept alive and must be nourished and therefore also physicallised (Pūja) andverbalised (S<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tram) worship.32


4.1.3. Values of Life<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSo educati<strong>on</strong> must teach me what is the goal, importance of worship and the importantvalues of life. Values of life are the eternal c<strong>on</strong>stants of creati<strong>on</strong> that can never bechanged.Dharma is unchanging. It is Shāshvatam Dharma or Sanātana Dharma and are eternalvalues. I should understand them and I should assimilate them. I should know that Icannot compromise them without damaging my physical, emoti<strong>on</strong>al and intellectual health.This has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od.Hence in educati<strong>on</strong>, I should know the Goals of life, learn the value of physicalisedworship and the Values of life. Once I go through these three stages, I am a refined humanbeing and not a threat <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the society.4.2. Grihastha Āshrama – Family stageThe Sec<strong>on</strong>d Āshrama is Grihastha Āshrama . The first two are very important.Grihastha Āshrama or Family life is the next Āshrama which is extremely relevant andimportant and alive even now. According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> scriptures, family life is a religious instituti<strong>on</strong>sanctified through a religious process or cerem<strong>on</strong>y meant for a religious life primarily.Family life is a religious instituti<strong>on</strong> formed by a religious cerem<strong>on</strong>y and meant for religiouspurpose <strong>on</strong>ly.Materialistic purposes are incidental by-products <strong>on</strong>ly. This is our approach <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> family life.If we think that materialistic goals like security and pleasure or comfort are the primarypurposes, then such a family life will become either unstable or it will so<strong>on</strong> becomeirrelevant. And that is why the religious emphasis is getting diluted now and the familiesare becoming unstable. In many other societies, the very relevance of family life as aninstituti<strong>on</strong> is being questi<strong>on</strong>ed. Because when you look at the family from a materialisticangle, you will get a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally different picture. There are these people called Women’sLiberati<strong>on</strong> who say women have been traditi<strong>on</strong>ally ec<strong>on</strong>omically dependant and notempowered <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fulfil her aspirati<strong>on</strong>. And they say that women must be ec<strong>on</strong>omicallyindependent and empowered and now women are also independent. Then comes thequesti<strong>on</strong> as <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> why they need <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> live <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether : this is because nobody is dependant <strong>on</strong>anybody else, no body needs the other <strong>on</strong>e and therefore the very purpose of living<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether is questi<strong>on</strong>ed. Even if we say we stay <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether because we like each other,unfortunately human likes and dislikes c<strong>on</strong>stantly change. And especially in a c<strong>on</strong>sumeristsociety, the philosophy is – do not keep anything for l<strong>on</strong>g. Since we are prodded <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>change, we want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> cater <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our fickle, entertaining mind the questi<strong>on</strong> come – how l<strong>on</strong>gcan a pers<strong>on</strong> love the materialistic things around. Therefore separati<strong>on</strong> begins at thefamily level. There is no religious cohesiveness – a family that prays <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether stays<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether. As l<strong>on</strong>g as materialistic purposes are kept in mind, the family will becomeunstable.Hence religi<strong>on</strong> is the primary purpose of Grihastha Āshrama. Grihasthaha is derived33


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaknowledge.These are the four Āshramas every human being following the religious scripturaltraditi<strong>on</strong> should go through.M<strong>on</strong>day, 31 March 20085. Karma Yoga - Right acti<strong>on</strong> and right attitude5.1. Right Acti<strong>on</strong>In the previous four sessi<strong>on</strong>s, we saw the Purushārtha, the human goals of life. We alsosaw about the scriptures which want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> help us in the fulfilment of these human goals.Then we saw the scriptural infrastructure, the Varna Āshrama scheme which is theinfrastructure presented by the scriptures for the pursuit of these fourfold human goals.Now in the following sessi<strong>on</strong>s, we propose <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see the course of discipline prescribed bythe scriptures for accomplishing these goals. What we previously saw was theinfrastructure or the atmosphere. The very social and family c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> was presentedbefore. Now, we are going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see the course of discipline prescribed by the scriptures forthe realisati<strong>on</strong> and accomplishment of the human goals. These human goals, include allthe four goals – material accomplishments (Dharma-Artha-Kāma) as well as spiritualaccomplishment (Moksha). According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the scriptures, all the human accomplishmentsshould culminate in spiritual accomplishment of Moksha. Without Moksha, the human lifeis incomplete. And therefore the scriptures keep the material accomplishments asincidental goals and the spiritual accomplishment as the ultimate and primary goal of life.In fact that al<strong>on</strong>e gives the sense of fulfilment at the time of death. Minus Moksha the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>talsense of fulfilment cannot come – there will be wants and regrets.Therefore keeping all the goals and especially the spiritual goal of Moksha in mind thescriptures prescribe a course of discipline which we generally call Sādhanā. Sādhanāmeans a course of discipline that we undertake <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish a goal – the goal is calledSādhyam. To accomplish the Sādhyam, the goal, we take <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a course of discipline calledSādhanā and when we take <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> this discipline we are called Sādhaka. Therefore thescriptures want us <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> become Sādhakas taking <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sādhanā for accomplishing theSādhyam. And <strong>on</strong>ce we accomplish the Sādhyam, we will be become Siddhāhā. So,Sādhaka through Sādhanā should attain Sādhyam and thus become Siddha. Sādhaka <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Siddha is the journey of life.Siddha is not related <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> miraculous powers. Siddha is <strong>on</strong>e who is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally at home withhimself. And this entire course of Sādhanā is broadly classified or divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three levelsor segments for the c<strong>on</strong>venience of understanding and practice. Each level being called aYogaha. The very word Yoga meant that which links the Sādhaka and the Sādhyam – theseeker and the sought. Yoga is derived from the root Yuj – <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> combine or unite. Unite theSādhaka and Sādhyam. Yujyate Sādhyena Saha Sādhakaha Yena Saha Sādhanā.35


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaWhat are these three levels of Sādhanāni or Yogas. These are:- Karma Yoga- Upāsana Yoga- Jnāna YogahaTherefore you can visualise the entire course of discipline as a staircase with threesteps. Three-stepped staircase through which you can climb and reach Moksha. We willstudy each <strong>on</strong>e of the Yogas. Because these three Yogas are not presented as alternativemethods. This should be very clear <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a Sādhaka that these three Yogas are not presentedas alternative or opti<strong>on</strong>al methods. According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> scriptures all three are important andcompulsory and necessary for all the people. Just as when you climb the staircase, youhave <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> step <strong>on</strong> every step – you cannot skip any <strong>on</strong>e step if you want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> safely andcomfortably reach the goal.Therefore we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> necessarily know all the three Yogas and we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> necessarilyresort <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all the three Yogas. We will now deal with <strong>on</strong>e Yoga at a time, starting with KarmaYoga.Karma Yoga c<strong>on</strong>sists of two words. It is a compound word c<strong>on</strong>sisting of two words –Karma and Yogaha. The word Karma in this c<strong>on</strong>text refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> proper acti<strong>on</strong> or appropriateacti<strong>on</strong>. The word Yoga means proper attitude or appropriate attitude – in SanskritBhāvanā. In simple language Karma Yoga is nothing but proper acti<strong>on</strong> with proper attitude.Now we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand what is meant by proper acti<strong>on</strong>.All the human acti<strong>on</strong>s possible for us, are broadly classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three types by thescriptures. This is based <strong>on</strong> their spiritual influence <strong>on</strong> the human beings. This is because,the scriptures c<strong>on</strong>sider the spiritual pers<strong>on</strong>ality and the spiritual goal as the most importantthing which we cannot ignore and therefore they categorise acti<strong>on</strong>s not based <strong>on</strong> theirmaterialistic benefits and influence. But acti<strong>on</strong>s are categorised based <strong>on</strong> their spiritualinfluence <strong>on</strong> you. There are three categories1. Uttamam Karma : those Karmas which have maximum positive spiritual influence2. Madhyamam Karma : intermediary <strong>on</strong>e, those Karmas which have got limited or nilspiritual influence. They might have a lot of materialistic benefits which are not kept inmind.3. Adhama Karma : those acti<strong>on</strong>s which have got a negative spiritual c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> whichmeans those which will cause spiritual fall or retrogressi<strong>on</strong>.Now we will try and understand these.5.1.1. Uttama Karmāni – Best acti<strong>on</strong>sThis is otherwise known as Sāttvika Karmāni. In the 17th and 18th chapters ofBhagavad Gītā, Krishna deals with these <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics in detail. Uttama Karmāni or SāttvikaKarmāni are defined as Para Upakāra Karmāni – all those acti<strong>on</strong>s which will benefit36


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandamaximum number of beings, where you help or c<strong>on</strong>tribute <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards other’s wellbeing. ThePara Upakāra Karmāni are greatly praised in our scriptures. There is a verse that saysShrūyatam Dharma Sarvasvam,Shrutva Chaiva Avadhāryatām,Paropakāra PunyāyaPāpāya ParapīdanamAll the noble Karmas or punya Karmas or elevating Karmas are Para Upakāra Karma –helping others.Para Upakārāya Vahanti NadyahaPara Upakārāya Duhanti GāvahaPara Upakārāya Phalanti VrukshāhāPara Upakārārtham Idam SharīramIn short, Uttama Karmas are those Karmas where you give more and take less. So thegreater is your giving, the greater is your growing. Therefore our culture is a giving orDānam or Tyāgam culture. Whereas a materialistic is a grabbing culture.This Para Upakāra Karmās are otherwise called Nishkāma Karmāni. Thus all thesewords are syn<strong>on</strong>ymous – Uttama Karmāni, Sāttvika Karmāni, Para Upakāra Karmāni orNishkāma Karmāni – they c<strong>on</strong>tribute <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the maximum spiritual growth.The next questi<strong>on</strong> is what are those Para Upakāra Karmāni ? And the scriptures help usin identifying these Para Upakāra Karmās and they are presented as Pancha MahāYajnāha – the fivefold Yajnāhā. In these five Yajnāhā, I will be c<strong>on</strong>tributing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the welfare ofthe world.5.1.1.1. Deva Yajnaha – Remembrance of DivineThe first Yajnaha is called Deva Yajnaha. This is the first and foremost Para UpakāraKarma. And in this Deva Yajnaha – worship and prayer of God, what am I supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> do? I just stand in fr<strong>on</strong>t of the Lord, and with my full and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal heart utter a prayer. The prayeris the noblest <strong>on</strong>e known in the scriptures –Svasti Prajābhya Paripālayantām,Nyāyena Mārgena Mahīm MahīshāhāGo Bhrahmanebhya Shubhamastu NityamLokāha Samastāha Sukhinaha BhavantuMay all of humankind be happy and well.May the great noble lords protect the earth in every way by the path of just virtue.May there be perpetual joy for those who know the real nature of things.May all the worlds be happy and free.A sincere heartfelt deep prayer is the most powerful c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> which will help not <strong>on</strong>lythe entire humanity, animals and plants but it goes bey<strong>on</strong>d the terrestrial plane <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> 1437


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaexpress my gratitude <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all the ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs.Then you may ask, how can you call this Paropakāra? Because you are <strong>on</strong>ly botheringabout your ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs. In all the Pitru Karmas there is another c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a special‘fund’. This is required because there are many ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs who do not get the Shrāddhambecause either they d<strong>on</strong>’t have children or they have children who do not believe inShrāddham. And imagine the plight of all such ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs. The scriptures understand that inKaliyuga, more such n<strong>on</strong>-believers will come and the values will come down and hence wehave an offering.Eshām Na Mātā Na PitāNa Mitrajnāti BāndhavāhāTe Sarve Trupti MāyāntuMayā UtSrishtaihi KushodakaihiThere are orphans like ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs who are not c<strong>on</strong>tributed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> by any<strong>on</strong>e, ungratefulchildren are there. For all such ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs, let my offering go. All the Pitru Yajnaha likeShrāddham or Tarpanam, are great Paropakāra Karma because ances<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs are also avast community.5.1.1.3. Brahma Yajnaha – Remembrance of RishisThe third Yajnaha is called Brahma Yajnaha. This is expressing my gratitude <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all theRishīs who have given the Vedas and other sec<strong>on</strong>dary scriptures. Brahma means Vedashere and Brahma Yajnaha means Veda Yajnaha in which I worship both the scriptures andthe authors of the scriptures, the discoverers of the scriptures – the Rishīs. It is because ofthem al<strong>on</strong>e, that I am enjoying this w<strong>on</strong>derful holistic culture.And in what way am I going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> help these Rishīs ? These Rishīs do not need any helpfrom me as they are already free. They want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spread this teaching in the entire creati<strong>on</strong>.This is their <strong>on</strong>e intenti<strong>on</strong>. They have given out the w<strong>on</strong>derful scriptures and <strong>on</strong>ly want thepreservati<strong>on</strong> and propagati<strong>on</strong> of this w<strong>on</strong>derful teaching. Whatever I do <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> preserve andpropagate the scriptures is a very great service. This is because scriptures help thehumanity. This is in two ways :-Firstly, the very sound of the scriptures help the humanity in creating peace. That is whywe value Pārāyanam as a great Sādhanā. When I chant the scriptures aloud, the veryShabda, the very Veda Ghosha (loud chanting), purifies the creati<strong>on</strong>. ThereforePārāyanam becomes Brahma Yajnaha.Sec<strong>on</strong>dly learning and teaching of the scriptural c<strong>on</strong>tent is beneficial. This propagati<strong>on</strong>of the teaching is called Adhyāpanam . Scriptural teaching is c<strong>on</strong>sidered <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be the bestform of Brahma Yajnaha.Adhyāpanam Brahma YajnahaPitru Yajnastu TarpanamHomo Daivo Balirbhoutaha39


Nriyagnyo Tithipūjanam<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThese are the five definiti<strong>on</strong>s of Pancha Yajnaha. There is a very big difference betweenteaching and preaching. Preaching is giving a set of stray discourses <strong>on</strong> unc<strong>on</strong>nected<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics. It is some form of a Satsanga, where somebody shares some thoughts or advicesor s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ries spending some time uttering nice words. This is certainly useful but there is bigdifference between such preaching and systematic teaching in the form of classes.In teaching there is a development, c<strong>on</strong>necti<strong>on</strong> between every <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic and all the ideas aresupported through scriptures , logic and experience. So with the help of Shruti, Yukti, andAnubhava support, when the teaching is presented systematically, it is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally different frompreaching. Preaching is useful <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> inspire. But Brahma Yajnaha is teaching.The difference is like dumping some bricks in the courtyard. Bricks dumped will not beof any use, they have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be arranged in a systematic manner. Arranged bricks al<strong>on</strong>e willform a house in which you can live. When I give some stray ideas through preaching, I am<strong>on</strong>ly dumping some bricks which will not be useful <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> you. You will have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> re-arrange itand make it a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal teaching. And you cannot arrange the bricks – a mas<strong>on</strong> is required.Teaching is not <strong>on</strong>ly giving ideas but arranging the ideas in a systematically developedmanner so that you have a beautiful visi<strong>on</strong> in which you will get security, peace andhappiness. And therefore Brahma Yajnaha is a very important <strong>on</strong>e.Previously Brahma Yajnaha was there in Gurukula Sampradāya where this teachingwas given. But nowadays, this practice is going away. And if it has been revived <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acertain extent, the credit goes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Swami Chinmayānanda and Swami Dayānandā. Theybrought the scriptures in the form of teachings. Previously discourses were there andteaching was <strong>on</strong>ly minor. But now in a major scale as a movement, teaching people, takingstudents and c<strong>on</strong>ducting classes and requesting them <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> write notes and compare notes,ask questi<strong>on</strong>s, clarify doubts like a University educati<strong>on</strong> has been d<strong>on</strong>e by the Swāmis.Brahma Yajnaha is a systematic teaching as this is also a science which has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> bethoroughly unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od. It is not a set of beliefs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be blindly followed but is a set ofteaching that has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od.Thus Brahma Yajnaha also comes under Para Upakāra because:Vidyā Dhanam Sarva Dhanāt PradhānamYou can give different forms of m<strong>on</strong>ey, do different forms of charity, but the best am<strong>on</strong>gthem is Vidya Dānam Brahma Yajnaha. That is why in the end of the Gītā, Krishna says,whoever teaches the Bhagavad Gītā, I love him the most.5.1.1.4. Manushya Yajnaha – Remembrance of humanityThe fourth Yajnaha is Manushya Yajnaha. All forms of social service will come underthis. Running orphanages, helping old people who cannot have any help, building schools,hospitals etc.The problem now is Manushya Yajnaha can replace all the other four Yajnāhā. This is40


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandabecause of lack of proper understanding. This is like saying human beings need <strong>on</strong>lycarbohydrates. Manushya Yajnaha, a social service can never be a replacement forothers. In additi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Manushya Yajnaha, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> handle the others also.5.1.1.5. Bhūta Yajnaha – Remembrance of n<strong>on</strong>-human living beingsThis is the fifth Yajnaha - Bhūta Yajnaha. All forms of c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all living being otherthan living being – n<strong>on</strong>-human living beings. I should remember that all the other livingbeings are also c<strong>on</strong>tributing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> my happy life. This has been proved <strong>on</strong>ly now by the studyof ecology. Therefore I should remember the animals, plants and just as they are helpingfor my survival, I should also c<strong>on</strong>tribute.Ashvattho Vata Vruksha Chandana Tarur Mandāra Kalpa DrumauJambū Nimba Kadamba Chūta Saralā Vrukshāshcha Yeh KshīrinahaSarve Te Phala Samyutā Pratidinam Vibhrājanam RājateRamyam Chaitra Ratham Cha Nandanavanam Kurvantu No MangalamLet the banyan, fig tree and sandalwood tree,Let the flowering coral tree and the wish giving tree,Let the Jamun, Lime, Kadamba, mango and the pine tree,Which are the chose <strong>on</strong>es am<strong>on</strong>g trees,And which daily are fruitful,And create rules of plenty,Let the pretty chaithra forest and garden,Do all that is good <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> us.Let me remember all the trees, let me grow and nourish so that they will do Mangalam<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the entire humanity.And not <strong>on</strong>ly trees, this applies <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> rivers as well.Gangā Sindhu Sarasvati Cha Yamunā Godāvari NarmadāKāveri Sarayu Mahendra Tanayā Charmanvati VedikāKshipra Vetravati Mahāsura Nadi Khyātā Cha Yā GandakiPūrnā Pūrna Jalaihi Samudra Sahitāhā Kurvantu No Mangalam.Let the rivers, Ganges, Indus, Saraswathi and Yamuna,Let the rivers Godavari and Narmada,Let the rivers Kaveri, Sarayu who is the daughter of Indra,Let the vedic river Charmavathi,Let Kshipra and Vetravati the great river of gods,Let the very famous Gandaki,And let the ocean with its completely full water,Do all that is good <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> us.From the rivers in <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pmost India <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the rivers in the south, I will remember all yourc<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong>. If I will not do any kind of c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> them, at least I will not pollute or41


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandadestroy them. So this c<strong>on</strong>tributi<strong>on</strong>, if I cannot do in a larger scale, they have a Tulasi treeat home; at least pour water <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Tulasi tree. If you cannot offer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all animals, beforeeating, at least keep some rice outside – some crows or cows will eat.This is awareness of the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tality. Vaidika means universal citizen. This is because he isaware of this world, he remembers the stars and planets. In the daily Sandhyāvandanam ,all the planets are invoked – Ādityam Tarpayāmi, Somam Tarpayāmi, AngārakamTarpayāmi. He remembers all the planets and the entire solar system. This grandawareness I should have and I should c<strong>on</strong>tribute and this is called Pancha Mahā Yajnāha.This is called Nishkāma Karmāni, Sāttvika Karmāni, Uttama Karmāni, Para UpakāraKarmāni – they will c<strong>on</strong>tribute <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual growth primarily.5.1.2. Madhyama Karmāni – Middle acti<strong>on</strong>sThese are the sec<strong>on</strong>d set of Karmās. These are all the Sakāma Karmāni [selfishacti<strong>on</strong>s] also called Rājasa Karmāni also called Para Udāsana Karmāni. Para UdāsanaKarma means those acti<strong>on</strong>s in which I ignore other people and am indifferent <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> otherswhere I d<strong>on</strong>’t bother about even their existence or problems. I am c<strong>on</strong>cerned <strong>on</strong>ly aboutmy selfish karmas. They will help in the material well being but they do not c<strong>on</strong>tributemuch <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the spiritual growth – either nil or limited.All Kāmya Karmās – selfish Karmas, whether ritualistic or n<strong>on</strong>-ritualistic come underMadhyama Karmāni.5.1.3. Adhama Karmāni – Worst acti<strong>on</strong>sFinally comes Adhama Karmas, Tāmasa Karmāni, or Nishiddha Karmāni – prohibitedacti<strong>on</strong>s or corrupted acti<strong>on</strong>s or destructive acti<strong>on</strong>s or Para Apakāra Karmāni. In this, Ibenefit but it is harmful <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> others and these Karmāni not <strong>on</strong>ly do they not help mespiritually but also bring us down spiritually.Hence the first <strong>on</strong>e leads <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual Elevati<strong>on</strong>, sec<strong>on</strong>d <strong>on</strong>e leads <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual stagnati<strong>on</strong>and the third <strong>on</strong>e leads <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual retrogressi<strong>on</strong>. These are the three Karmāni introducedby the scriptures. The scriptures point out that the Karma yogi’s attempt is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> change theproporti<strong>on</strong> of the Karmāni in such a way that the Uttama Karmāni are dominant in ourlives, Madhyama Karmāni are less dominant and Adhama Karmāni are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be zero. Thescriptures point out that even if some inevitable Adhama Karmāni are there, because ofunavoidable situati<strong>on</strong>s – called Sūna – unavoidable Para Apakāra Karmāni (e.g. usinginsecticides) they can be neutralised by Uttama Karmāni. Thus Uttama Karmāni help intwo ways – they c<strong>on</strong>tribute <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual growth and also neutralise the Pāpam born out ofinevitable Sūna.5.2. Right AttitudeAny attitude is born out of right understanding. One can never develop a healthy andlasting attitude unless he understands the principles. Whenever you do an acti<strong>on</strong>, the42


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandamoment you do an acti<strong>on</strong>, it becomes part of the universe. It has left my hands. And <strong>on</strong>cethe Karma has become part of the universe, all the universal laws will act <strong>on</strong> the Karmas.That is because everything in creati<strong>on</strong> is acted up<strong>on</strong> by the laws in the universe.The thus processed Karma is called Phalam. Thus every Karma is processed by theuniversal laws, becomes Phalam and is handed over back <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> me. The scriptures point out,all the universal laws are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ols in the hands of the Lord <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> maintain the harm<strong>on</strong>y of creati<strong>on</strong>and therefore when I say the laws are processing the Karmas, it essentially means God isprocessing the Karmāni through the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ol of his own universal laws. Therefore Karma isgoing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> God for processing and is coming from the Lord in a processed form calledPhalam.The moment you know this fact and remember this fact, every Karma becomes ĪshvaraArpanam. For an enlightened Karma yogi, every acti<strong>on</strong> is Īshvara Arpana and this is calledIshvara Arpana Bhāvanā – born out of this awareness. And when I perform the acti<strong>on</strong>s ou<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>f Ishvara Arpana Bhāvanā, and when I receive the processed Karma in form of Phalam, Id<strong>on</strong>’t call it Karma Phalam, but I call it Īshvara Prasādaha. Because what comes from Godis a Prasāda, therefore sacred, therefore cannot be rejected or criticised and received witha sense of fulfilment.Hence while acting, Ishvara Arpana Bhāvanā and while receiving the result, PrasādaBhāvanā, this is called Yogaha. And when I have these two Bhāvanāhā, I enjoy anequanimous mind, Samattvam Yogaha Uchyate because I am enthusiastic in every acti<strong>on</strong>.There is no dullness, there is no drudgery or boredom because every acti<strong>on</strong> is offering <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the Lord. Hence I love everything that I do and accept all experiences in life because theyare Īshvara Prasādaha which will lead <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Samattvam. Samattva Bhāvanā is the result ofĪshvara Arpana Prasāda Bhāvanā. These two put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether will lead <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> very fast spiritualgrowth. This is called Chitta Shuddhihi.Chitta Shuddhihi can be put in the simplest c<strong>on</strong>text as – I can understand that all myproblems in life are not caused by the world, but are caused by my wr<strong>on</strong>g handling of theworld because of my ignorance. So the ignorant I handles the world wr<strong>on</strong>gly, and hence Isuffer. If I become the wise I, I know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> handle the world which is Nandanavanam –Sampūrnam Jagadeva Nanadanavanam. So ignorant-I is the problem and wise-I is thesoluti<strong>on</strong> – this diagnosis is the result of Karma Yoga which is otherwise called ChittaShuddhihi.Tuesday, 1 April 20086. Upāsana Yoga – Right Acti<strong>on</strong>In the last few sessi<strong>on</strong>s, we saw a framework for Vaidikas and then a course ofdiscipline for the accomplishment of all the four human goals – focussing <strong>on</strong> Moksha asthe final goal. This course of discipline can be broadly classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three, each <strong>on</strong>e beingcalled a Yogaha:43


- Karma Yoga- Upāsana Yoga- Jnāna Yoga<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaWe saw Karma Yoga in the previous Yoga – proper acti<strong>on</strong> and proper attitude and thepropriety of the acti<strong>on</strong> is determined by its capacity for giving inner growth. The propriety ofthe acti<strong>on</strong> is not governed by its capacity for material accomplishment – which werealways c<strong>on</strong>sidered incidental – propriety is measured in terms of its capacity for givinginner growth. And proper attitude we saw because attitude can change the quality of theacti<strong>on</strong> and resp<strong>on</strong>se <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the result of the acti<strong>on</strong> also. Attitude is as much important as theacti<strong>on</strong> itself. This was Karma Yoga and has been elaborately dealt with in the Gītāespecially in the third chapter.We will now go through the Upāsana Yoga and Shankarāchārya sometimes calls itSamādhi Yogaha. The purpose of Upāsana Yoga is a program <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make our pers<strong>on</strong>ality fitfor the accomplishment of the Purushārtha – Purushārtha Yogyatā Sampadanārtham. Thisis <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make the pers<strong>on</strong>ality Purushārtha-worthy. This is because the entire life’s journey isnothing but a journey <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish the human goals. Upāsana Yoga can be presented asa pers<strong>on</strong>ality-c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing programme.In the Kathopanishad, our very pers<strong>on</strong>ality is compared <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a vehicle for reaching thegoal. Just as a vehicle should be in fit c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> for travelling and successfully reaching thegoal, our pers<strong>on</strong>ality must be in a fit c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>. For this purpose, our scriptures divide ourpers<strong>on</strong>ality in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> different layers for the facility for handling. This is because we are acomplex pers<strong>on</strong>ality and cannot be handled in <strong>on</strong>e go, it has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be subdivided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> layersfor the facility of handling. And this layer-wise divisi<strong>on</strong> is d<strong>on</strong>e in several angles –sometimes as Kosha Panchakam or Sharīra Trayam – when different methods are used.For the c<strong>on</strong>venience of our study, we will divide our pers<strong>on</strong>ality in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three layers whichhave <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be carefully c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ed. This is popular in the Shāstrams and hence an importantclassificati<strong>on</strong>.The first layer of our pers<strong>on</strong>ality is Kāyikam. This is from the standpoint of the physicalbody. The sec<strong>on</strong>d aspect of our pers<strong>on</strong>ality is Vāchikam because we have a developedorgan of speech – this not <strong>on</strong>ly displays our pers<strong>on</strong>ality but also influences our pers<strong>on</strong>ality.The third is the Manasa Amshaha – our psychological pers<strong>on</strong>ality which the subtlest andmost important and extremely difficult <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> handle but this cannot be ignored. Our scripturestake in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> account all three layers of pers<strong>on</strong>ality and also prescribe programs forc<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing these layers.6.1. Physical bodyThe first <strong>on</strong>e is the physical pers<strong>on</strong>ality of physical body. We all know that the physicalbody is the most important instrument through which we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish everything inlife, whether it is material pursuit of spiritual pursuit. Therefore scriptures uniformly declarenever <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> neglect the physical body or health. Throughout the scriptures we have prayers44


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandae.g. Aroga Drudha Gātra SampathyarthamOr we say this before c<strong>on</strong>suming medicines:Sharīre Jarjaribhūte Vyādhigraste KalevareOushadham Jānhavi Toyam Vaidyo Nārāyano HarihiWhen the Sharīram (body) is suffering and the body is beset with disease,The medicine is the sacred water of the Ganga and the doc<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r is Lord NārāyanāIt is not <strong>on</strong>ly in the materialistic porti<strong>on</strong> of the Vedas, even in the spiritual porti<strong>on</strong> in theVedāntik Shānti Pāthās , many prayers are for fit pers<strong>on</strong>alities. Physical fitness andattenti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards that is extremely important.Unfortunately, health is always taken for granted until we get struck with diseases. Thelaw is Preservati<strong>on</strong> of health is far more easier than trying <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> recover the lost health.Preservati<strong>on</strong> of health is least expensive and least time-c<strong>on</strong>suming whereas <strong>on</strong>ce thehealth is lost, trying <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get it back is more time-c<strong>on</strong>suming and expensive. One who cannotvoluntarily give time for health will have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> forcibly give time <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> diseases. Allied with healththe scriptures talk about diet and exercises. Health-maintenance should not be lookedup<strong>on</strong> as pampering of the body. Pampering of the body arises <strong>on</strong>ly when physical isc<strong>on</strong>sidered as an end in itself or physical health is regarded for unworthy goals. It does notcome under pampering but comes under Sādhanāni.6.2. Verbal C<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ingThe next layer of pers<strong>on</strong>ality is Vāchika Amshaha. This also is c<strong>on</strong>sidered extremelyimportant. Shankarāchārya points out in Vivekachūdāmani:Yogasya Prathamam Dvāram Vān Nirodho Parigrahaha Nirāsha Cha Nirīhā ChaSpeech discipline is referred <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> by Krishna in the seventeenth chapter where he talksabout observati<strong>on</strong> of four parameters:6.2.1. Anudvega Karam – HarmlessMake sure that your speech does not hurt any<strong>on</strong>e. Ahimsā at Vāk level is the first stage.All forms of abuse, criticisms, blaming, denigrati<strong>on</strong>, arguments are all Himsā. An easy way<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> determine what is unacceptable is first understand what hurts me due <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> others’ speech.Once identified, my first aim is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> avoid all these items of speech and if unavoidable, then Ishould know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> do it so that the hurt is minimised or neutralised – just as the doc<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ranaesthetises the pers<strong>on</strong> before cutting the pers<strong>on</strong>’s body6.2.2. Satyam – TruthfulSatyam means truthfulness. This is <strong>on</strong>e of the most important disciplines which is thestepping-s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ne <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> reach Brahman or God which is n<strong>on</strong>e other than Satyam. Only byspeaking the truth we can reach the absolute Satyam. Truth in the empirical plane will helpwin truth in the absolute plane. Empirical truth is a verbal discipline and absolute truth is45


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaGod. Therefore every Asatyam is taking me away from God.Asa<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Mā SatgaMāyā – Oh Lord. Please take me away from Asat. Every lie takes meaway from God or truth whether white lies or not. I should sensitise my mind <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> such anextent that every lie should disturb me and the disturbance should become deep and l<strong>on</strong>glasting.The pain caused by lie should become so deep that the benefit attained by lyingshould become insignificant and I effortlessly drop lying. The Pāpam obtained byunavoidable lies can be reduced <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> an extent by certain Prāyaschittam – voluntaryundergoing of pain.6.2.3. Priyam – AgreeableThis is the third parameter of Vāk Tapas. This means that your speech must be pleasantin terms of decibels. Soft, slow, polite and gentle (Mangala Shabdam) should be used.Give up all the Amangala Shabdāhā.6.2.4. Hitam – HelpfulThis means whatever is good <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the listener also. Find out whether it is good for thelistener also. One of the worst forms of Himsā is talking <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a pers<strong>on</strong> who is not interestedin you. This is the worst form of verbal violence. And the bitter fact is generally nobodywants <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> listen <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> us !6.3. Mental C<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ingThe Third Layer is Mānasa Amshaha – the mental c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing programme. All forms ofmeditati<strong>on</strong> comes under Mental C<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing programme, though meditati<strong>on</strong> is not the<strong>on</strong>ly method of mental c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing. Primarily the word Upāsana means Meditati<strong>on</strong> forMental C<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing. Since mind cannot be handled without taking care of body andspeech, we include body c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing and speech c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing as a stepping s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ne formental c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing. This is because mind is a subtle instrument and is not that easy <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>c<strong>on</strong>trol the mind. Hence first start with physical and verbal discipline and then come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> themind. Therefore the first two become indirect methods for c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing the mind later.That is why any meditati<strong>on</strong> programme will include physical and verbal discipline. InAshtānga Yoga of Patanjali, even though the purpose is mental c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing, Patanjalitalks about physical and verbal discipline. The sixth chapter of the Gītā is titled Meditati<strong>on</strong>but Krishna talks about Āhāra Niyama. Body and mind are c<strong>on</strong>nected as speech and mindare as well. Therefore when <strong>on</strong>e is highly emoti<strong>on</strong>al (e.g. anger) it is difficult <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> talk slowlyand softly. All psychosomatic studies reveal that your mental and physical bodies arec<strong>on</strong>nected and therefore our approach is through the body and speech, we try <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> handlethe mind. Therefore Upāsana primarily means mental discipline and sec<strong>on</strong>darily meansphysical and verbal discipline as well.For the sake of our c<strong>on</strong>venience, we can classify all forms of meditati<strong>on</strong> in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> four typesbased <strong>on</strong> the type of discipline that we want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> inculcate in the mind i.e. the aspect of the46


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandamind that we want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> handle. The four forms are6.3.1. Relaxati<strong>on</strong> meditati<strong>on</strong>Any form of meditati<strong>on</strong> where the aim is relaxing the mind in particular and relaxing allthe other parts of the body in general. These include physical withdrawal, verbalwithdrawal, sensorial withdrawal. This is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> culminate in the relaxati<strong>on</strong> of the mind. This isparticularly important in <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>day’s times because life has become very fast-paced andstressful as well. Hence relaxati<strong>on</strong> meditati<strong>on</strong> can be termed de-stressing meditati<strong>on</strong>.Learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> sit for a few minutes every day just relaxing. This is required for the physical andmental health. Any technique or methodology used does not matter – e.g. repeating amantra, watching your breath or just repeating Shāntihi.6.3.2. Focussing meditati<strong>on</strong>This is c<strong>on</strong>centrati<strong>on</strong> meditati<strong>on</strong> where I train my mind <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> develop attenti<strong>on</strong> andattenti<strong>on</strong> span. The capacity <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> focus in a field for a length of time whether it is material orspiritual field. This is required for everything – sports, studying, listening <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a class.Generally in our scriptures, Mānasa Pūja or mental worship of the Lord is prescribed. Alsoare included, Mānasa Pārāyanam referring <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> mentally chanting something or MānasaJapa referring <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> mentally chanting <strong>on</strong>e Nāmaha (name) of the Lord. The differencebetween Pārāyanam and Japa is that Pārāyanam refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> chanting any prayer, in Japa<strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e name of the Lord is taken.6.3.3. Expansi<strong>on</strong> meditati<strong>on</strong>Here I learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> expand my mind <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> visualise the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tality of creati<strong>on</strong>. Only then do weknow our relative significance – which is nothing but zero! We have a wr<strong>on</strong>g perspectivewith regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our life and situati<strong>on</strong>s – i.e. our problems are the most important, withoutus the world will come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> an end. Such a wr<strong>on</strong>g perspective leads <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> wr<strong>on</strong>g resp<strong>on</strong>ses.Everything should be put in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> its place and I will know my place <strong>on</strong>ly when I look at myselffrom the standpoint of <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tality. It is the meditati<strong>on</strong> of the creati<strong>on</strong> itself, stars, galaxies, sky,solar system and planets and c<strong>on</strong>tinents and rivers and mountains, birds, animals, andhuman beings. This is called Vishva Rūpa Dhyana, as we look up the creati<strong>on</strong> as theUniversal Form of God. So in this form of meditati<strong>on</strong>, we visualise the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tality.6.3.4. Value meditati<strong>on</strong>This is also called Transformati<strong>on</strong> meditati<strong>on</strong>. Here I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> bring about a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal, innertransformati<strong>on</strong> by changing my thought-pattern. We generally neglect our thought-patternbecause it is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>o subtle and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>o fleeting and the other people d<strong>on</strong>’t see that. But we shouldremember, our thought-pattern determines our life, our journey and our destiny.“Watch your thoughts, they become your words,Watch your words, they become your acti<strong>on</strong>,Watch your acti<strong>on</strong>s they become your habit,47


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaWatch your habits they become your character,Watch your character, it becomes your destiny”Hence thought is the subtlest Bījam or seed that determines your future.Yad Bhāvam Tad BhavatiAs you think so you become.6.3.4.1. Daivī Sampat and Āsurī Sampat – Divine & Dem<strong>on</strong>iac Thought-patternsIn Shastra, it is known by two technical words – Tat Kratunyāyaha or BhramaraKītanyāyaha. Never neglect watching or being aware of your though-patterns. Theydetermine your future - therefore inner transformati<strong>on</strong> of our thought-pattern is necessary.The scriptures also give us what is the thought-pattern which will take me <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards theSpiritual goal – Daivī Sampat in the 16th chapter of Gītā. The other set of thought-patternsis known as Āsurī Sampat which will take me away from the goal.Āsurī Sampat include jealousy, depressi<strong>on</strong>, impatience, irritati<strong>on</strong> – these are nothing butthoughts <strong>on</strong>ly. Remember that thoughts are like bricks which determine the shape of thebuilding. If the shape of the building has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be changed, you have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> change the brickarrangements. If you have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> transform your life, you have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> transform your thoughtpattern.Therefore I just change my thought and visualise myself as a transformed pers<strong>on</strong>– I am patient, I am c<strong>on</strong>fident <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> face my life. You repeat the thought that I am diffident andI will <strong>on</strong>ly be incapable. Nowadays even diseases can be cured by just willing health. Mindis a powerful instrument with a tremendous Sankalpa Shakti – Resoluti<strong>on</strong> Strength. ThisValue meditati<strong>on</strong> is exploiting or utilising our Sankalpa Shakti. This is the fourth type ofmeditati<strong>on</strong>.The above four forms of meditati<strong>on</strong> will c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> my mind and make my mind healthyand Purushārtha-Worthy.6.3.5. Team work of Body Speech and MindThen comes the final <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic. Not <strong>on</strong>ly should the pers<strong>on</strong>alities be healthy (i.e. the body,speech and mind), not <strong>on</strong>ly should they be individually healthy, the most important thing isthey should functi<strong>on</strong> in integrati<strong>on</strong> or coordinati<strong>on</strong>. So not <strong>on</strong>ly is c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing important,their integrati<strong>on</strong> which is now called Team Work is important as well. Body, speech andmind should not functi<strong>on</strong> at cross purposes. In fact everytime we lie, we are breaking thecoordinati<strong>on</strong> by creating a divisi<strong>on</strong> between speech and mind. Punctuality is a veryimportant discipline <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> integrate the pers<strong>on</strong>ality. It is called Aarjavam - Team work of thepers<strong>on</strong>ality. Thus individual health and team work or integrati<strong>on</strong> have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be taken care ofand the scheme prescribed by the Shāstrams is Upāsana Yogaha, otherwise calledSamādhi Yogaha or Ashtānga Yogaha.Of course there is no chr<strong>on</strong>ology between Karma Yoga and Upāsana Yoga. Maybe at aparticular stage you might be focussing more <strong>on</strong> <strong>on</strong>e or the other. All are equally important.48


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaOnce we have g<strong>on</strong>e through the first and sec<strong>on</strong>d discipline, we are ready for the third andmost important course of discipline called Jnāna Yogaha which we will see eventually.Friday, 4 April 20087. Jnāna YogaEarlier we saw that the scriptures first present an ideal infrastructure for the fulfilment ofthe human goals or Purushārthāhā. After presenting the infrastructure the scriptures alsopresent a course of discipline for the accomplishment of these goals. This course ofdiscipline we classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three – Karma Yoga, Upāsana Yoga and Jnana Yoga. UpāsanaYoga is also known as Samādhi Yoga.Jnāna Yoga means a course of discipline meant for gaining knowledge. JnānaPrāptyartham Yogaha. And when you talk about a course of discipline meant for Jnāna orknowledge, the questi<strong>on</strong> arises – knowledge of what ? Because knowledge should alwayshave an object and here we point out in the c<strong>on</strong>text of Jnāna Yoga, the word Jnāna refers<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> self-knowledge, Atman Jnāna, i.e. knowledge regarding <strong>on</strong>eself. And when we sayknowledge regarding <strong>on</strong>eself, we already have some knowledge – our date of birth, nameof parents, height or weights etc. So we do have some knowledge about our superficialpers<strong>on</strong>ality.But what we discuss in Jnāna Yoga is the essential nature of “I”, the basic nature of “I”,the real nature of “I” or the higher nature of “I” – the Parā Prakritihi. In the scriptures thereal “I” is called Ātmā. Hence Jnāna Yoga means Ātmā Jnāna Yogaha – a course ofdiscipline meant for gaining self-knowledge. The purpose of gaining this self-knowledge,as pointed out by the scriptures, is that self-knowledge gives us freedom or MokshaPurushārthaha – the highest goal called Moksha. So Jnāna Yogaha Mokshārtham.Then comes the natural questi<strong>on</strong> – what is meant by Mokshaha. This has been brieflydealt with earlier when talking about Dharma Artha Kāma Moksha Purushārthaha. Mokshais freedom from b<strong>on</strong>dage or dependence. This b<strong>on</strong>dage is caused by the first threePurushārtha namely Dharma Artha Kāmaha. Any thing or being in the creati<strong>on</strong> can causeb<strong>on</strong>dage. What type of b<strong>on</strong>dage is this ? B<strong>on</strong>dage is of two types :-- When an object is present – The presence of objects causes a b<strong>on</strong>dage calledBhāraha. The stress or strain of handling the object or pers<strong>on</strong>. Handling the object orpers<strong>on</strong> or relati<strong>on</strong>ship itself especially if it is a human relati<strong>on</strong>ship, that itself becomesa very big Bhāraha. In fact when many people face problems, it is the stress andstrain caused by human relati<strong>on</strong>ship.- When an object is not present – This creates another problem called emptiness orl<strong>on</strong>eliness.So I am not sure whether I want them or I d<strong>on</strong>’t want them. When I d<strong>on</strong>’t have them Icrave <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> have them and <strong>on</strong>ce I have them, I crave for freedom. Either way, I am in a soup.49


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThis is called Ubhayataha Pāshā Rajjuhu. And by Moksha we mean, I am free from thisproblem caused by the world. This means the presence of objects will not cause strain inme if I am a free pers<strong>on</strong> and the absence will not create emptiness in me. The presence ofpeople will not create the strain of relating and the absence of people will not createl<strong>on</strong>eliness without compani<strong>on</strong>. So if I can have Dharma Artha Kāma when they are thereand I can be happy even if the Dharma Artha Kāma are not there, either way I am fine –this is called Freedom. With objects or people I am fine, even without objects or people Iam fine. And this Freedom is the result of self-knowledge. This inner freedom expresses inthe form of threefold virtues which are very useful for human life.7.1. Virtues of Inner freedomThe threefold virtues are presented in a prayer called Serenity prayer. Serenity meansbalance of mind – Samattvam. In this prayer we address the Lord and ask for these threevirtues.Oh Lord, grant me the serenity <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept what cannot be changed in life,Oh Lord, grant me the courage <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> change what can be changed in life,Oh Lord, grant me the wisdom <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know what can and cannot be changedThese are the three virtues – acceptance, courage and discreti<strong>on</strong>. And by acceptance,we do not mean a negative acceptance like “what cannot be cured must be endured” witha sense of being victimised. Acceptance in fact refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> balanced cheerful acceptancewhich will not lead <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> bitterness, hatred, sense of victimisati<strong>on</strong>, sense of injustice orproduce any negative reacti<strong>on</strong>. This is healthy acceptance. Life will become beautiful whenI can healthily accept all the choiceless situati<strong>on</strong>s and courageously change what can betransformed and I am able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> discern which is which. These are the three virtues that I getthrough the freedom of self-knowledge.The next questi<strong>on</strong> is: How can I get self-knowledge ? What is the discipline of JnānaYoga that I should follow <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gain the knowledge of myself ?We say, any Jnānam can be attained <strong>on</strong>ly by <strong>on</strong>e method and that is by using theinstrument of knowledge. Any knowledge can be acquired <strong>on</strong>ly by using an instrument ofknowledge. In Sanskrit an instrument of knowledge is called Pramānam . The <strong>on</strong>e whouses the instrument of knowledge is called Pramātā and the knowledge that is generatedi.e. the Jnānam is called Pramā and the object that is known is called Prameyam. ThisPramātā uses Pramānam and acquires Pramā with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Prameyam.Without using an instrument of knowledge we cannot get the knowledge. For example,if I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get the knowledge of the colour of an object I have no opti<strong>on</strong> but <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use theinstrument called the eyes. If I want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know what is the sound, I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use theinstrument of ears. Without using the eyes, Varna Jnānam cannot take place, withoutusing the ears, Sahbda Jnānam cannot take place etc. Our scriptures have made anelaborate study <strong>on</strong> the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of Pramānam and they point out that there are fiveinstruments of knowledge at our disposal.50


7.2. Instruments of knowledge<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSince these five instruments of knowledge are available <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> human beings, they arecalled Paurusheya Pramānāni. These are:7.2.1. Percepti<strong>on</strong>You get the knowledge by using the fivefold sense organs – Eyes, Ears, Nose, T<strong>on</strong>gueand Skin and by perceiving through the five sense organs, we get perceptual knowledge.This is called Pratyaksham7.2.2. InferenceIn Sanskrit this is called Anumānam7.2.3. PostulateIn Sanskrit this is called Arthapattihi7.2.4. Comparisi<strong>on</strong>In Sanskrit this is called Upamānam7.2.5. N<strong>on</strong>-Cogniti<strong>on</strong>In Sanskrit this is called AnupalabdhihiThese are the Pancha Paurusheya Pramānāni. And for all practical purposes, we canreduce the above five <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> two – Percepti<strong>on</strong> and Inference. Now we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> find, whichPramānam should I use <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gain a particular knowledge especially self-knowledge. TheShāstrams point out that the instrument that you make use of will depend <strong>on</strong> the objectthat you want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know. It does not depend <strong>on</strong> your fancy or your will. If I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know thecolour of an object, I have not choice but <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use the eyes. Jnānam is acquired by using theappropriate Pramānam.We want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gain self-knowledge and have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> find out which instrument or Pramānam <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>use and when I make an enquiry I enter in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a big problem. All the five instruments at mydisposal, are extrovert instruments capable of studying <strong>on</strong>ly the objective world or externalworld. N<strong>on</strong>e of these instruments is capable of studying the very subject behind theseinstrument. This is the intrinsic limitati<strong>on</strong> of the Pancha Pramānāni and also science.Science can <strong>on</strong>ly study the objective universe but cannot study the student. The eyes canperceive everything in the creati<strong>on</strong> but unfortunately the eyes have a peculiar limitati<strong>on</strong>that the eyes cannot see themselves. This is because eyes are extrovert, they can neverstudy themselves. The Law is – Subject is never subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> objectificati<strong>on</strong>. Similarly Icannot study myself.Self-knowledge will be elusive for the human being and all material sciences. But thereis a way out. If I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see my own eyes, I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> take the help of anotherexternal object or fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r – a mirror <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see my eyes. I should be humble enough <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept51


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandathat my eyes cannot directly see themselves and therefore I require the assistance of anexternal mirror. With the help of the mirror I can see my own eyes. Similarly all thePaurusheya Pramānāni are inadequate <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> give me self-knowledge unless I introduce asixth Pramānam or sixth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r that will serve as a mirror for gaining self-knowledge. I have<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept the necessity of a sixth Pramānam which is not in my hands and this must comefrom outside. That sixth Pramānam is called Shāstra Pramānam – the scriptural teaching.7.3. Shāstra Pramānam – Scripture: Sixth PramānamThis is also called Shabda Pramānam. And this Shāstram Pramānam is not already withme. It has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be brought from outside like a mirror and therefore it is called ApaurusheyaPramānam. This means not naturally available <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> human being and it has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be broughtfrom outside. This Shāstra Pramānam has been gifted <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> us just like God has given mirrorsfor seeing our own face. If mirrors were not there, eternally our own beauty will not beavailable for us <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see. Thus God has gifted us with Shāstra Pramānam <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> enjoy our innerbeauty. If you refuse <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use the mirror, it is <strong>on</strong>ly us who is going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be the loser. Using thisal<strong>on</strong>e can we get self-knowledge.The next thing we come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know is, even though the mirror is capable of showing us ourface, <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> enjoy it we should know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use the mirror properly. Anything will help <strong>on</strong>ly ifwe know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use. In the same way, Shāstram or scriptures can help <strong>on</strong>ly if we studythe scriptures properly. If you handle the scriptures properly we can see our beauty andget self-knowledge.7.4. Informati<strong>on</strong> – Direct Experience dicho<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>myAnd when I try <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> study the scriptures and use the scriptures myself, I get in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> anotherbig problem. Because scriptures, unlike other forms of literature, use a peculiar method <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>impart self-knowledge. This is because of the uniqueness of the subject matter, the Self,and the uniqueness of the knowledge, the scriptures make use of a unique method.Normally books deal with different object, places and people in the creati<strong>on</strong> andtherefore my orientati<strong>on</strong> is that I should get the informati<strong>on</strong> first , and then later c<strong>on</strong>vertthat in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> direct experience by c<strong>on</strong>tacting the object. E.g. I read what is Niagara Falls(getting the informati<strong>on</strong> first) and when I go there actually <strong>on</strong>ly then will I get directexperience out of c<strong>on</strong>tact. Therefore our orientati<strong>on</strong> in any study is Informati<strong>on</strong> – DirectExperience dicho<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my.But when it comes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> self-knowledge the problem is that we do not have these twostages at all. Because if you are talking about the two stages, the informati<strong>on</strong> should begot first, then the direct experience will be got when I come in c<strong>on</strong>tact with the self. Butunfortunately you will never come in c<strong>on</strong>tact with the self because you are the Self. Hencethe informati<strong>on</strong> – direct experience dicho<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my does not exist in self-knowledge. But wealways incorrectly study the scriptures with this orientati<strong>on</strong> of first book knowledge thendirect experience. Hence we never know how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> utilise the scriptures properly and52


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandatherefore we never get the self-knowledge if we study the scriptures ourselves.7.5. Threefold ExerciseIf self-knowledge is not informati<strong>on</strong> or direct experience, then what is self-knowledge?Self-knowledge is freedom from self ignorance. Therefore scriptural study is different fromstudying other books and scriptural study requires a difference type of operati<strong>on</strong> or methodcalled Jnāna Yogaha. And this Jnāna Yoga c<strong>on</strong>sists of a threefold exercise calledShravanam Mananam and Nididhyāsanam.7.5.1. Shravanam – HearingShravanam means exposing myself <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the scriptural teaching handled by a competentguide. Because it is unlike the study of another objective literature. If we study thescriptures by ourselves, we end up in informati<strong>on</strong> - experience dicho<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my. Eternally wewould be trapped in search of either informati<strong>on</strong> or experience. Therefore if you should notbe trapped in this, this teaching should be handled by some<strong>on</strong>e who knows expertly how<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> handle and remove the orientati<strong>on</strong> of informati<strong>on</strong> experience and gives self-knowledgeremoving self ignorance.Therefore Shravanam is exposing myself <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the systematic teaching or handling of thescriptures d<strong>on</strong>e by an expert guide and for a length of time – because orientati<strong>on</strong> breakingtakes time. The study has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be systematic because it is a gradual build-up from beginning<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> end. It should be a stray study of unc<strong>on</strong>nected <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics. It should be systematic in thesense that between <strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic and another, there should be a gradual build-up with ac<strong>on</strong>necti<strong>on</strong>. It is like building a house where a number of bricks are arranged in an orderlymanner well cemented. Only then it becomes a house that can be occupied. But the samenumber of bricks dumped in <strong>on</strong>e place cannot become a house and we cannot live in thathouse. And the bricks will be more of an obstacle than a useful thing. Similarly gatheringstray ideas by reading books here and there, without building up gradually and withoutc<strong>on</strong>necting the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics, then our brain will be full of piled up ideas like the piled up bricksand they will be cluttered in the brain. It will not be of any use and will create moreproblems than benefits. Similarly Vedāntik study will be beneficial <strong>on</strong>ly when there is asystematic study.The study should be c<strong>on</strong>tinuous. Even in the case of laying bricks, before the cementhardens we should lay the bricks and then some more cement <strong>on</strong> it and then more bricksbefore the cement hardens. The whole process should be c<strong>on</strong>tinuous without gaps and fora length of time.This Shravanam has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>tinue for a length of time during which time no questi<strong>on</strong>s areallowed. We have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get the comprehensive teaching from all angles in all aspects in its<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tality. And this process is called Shravanam. Even if you are not able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept a part ofthe teaching or have a doubt regarding a particular aspect of teaching, you are allowed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>keep aside those questi<strong>on</strong>s and doubts and listen with an open mind. You are free <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>53


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandadisagree with the teacher. Be patient. Shravanam requires a lot of patience. Never bejudgemental or critical.7.5.2. Mananam – Reflecti<strong>on</strong> / C<strong>on</strong>solidati<strong>on</strong> of intellectual understandingDuring Mananam I try <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> tie all the ideas of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> and make a garland out of theteaching so that every idea fits in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the grand building of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>. Every brick has got arole <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> play in the house. Every window is part of a grand scheme. Similarly every idea of<str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> should become part of the grand design of Vedāntik teaching – the study of theindividual, the study of the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal, the study of Aikyam, the study of Sādhana ChatushtayaSampattihi.As even I am c<strong>on</strong>necting, I must be able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go back, take all the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics and should knowwhere they all stand. What is the role of Karma Yoga ? What is the role of Upāsana Yoga ?Everything should fall in its place when I look back at it. Doubts will surely arise.When I look at a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic individually, doubts may not arise. But when I try <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>nect <strong>on</strong>e<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> another, there may be seeming c<strong>on</strong>tradicti<strong>on</strong>s or <strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic may not find its placeproperly. After comprehensively listening and being exposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the teaching for a length oftime, I bring out all my questi<strong>on</strong>s. Generally the beauty of the teaching is, by the time youcomplete your teaching systematically, doubts will not be there. Because the scripturesthemselves handle the possible questi<strong>on</strong>s – hence it is in the form of a dialogue – GuruShishya Samvādaha. You are given full freedom <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> your rati<strong>on</strong>al mind, logical mind,scientific mind, intellectual acumen <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> raise any questi<strong>on</strong>. The teacher is available <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>answer or <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> help the student in removing all kinds of doubts because doubts areobstacles <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> knowledge.<str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> encourages asking any number of questi<strong>on</strong>s. <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> is knowledge. <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>is not a faith or belief. In a system of faith, questi<strong>on</strong>s are discouraged as it is c<strong>on</strong>sidered <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>be disrespectful <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the teacher or teaching. Questi<strong>on</strong>s are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be asked until all thequesti<strong>on</strong>s subside.How do I know when all the questi<strong>on</strong>s are subsided or not ? I must be able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> say I amthe Parama Ātmā – Aham Brahma Asmi – I am immortal – I am all pervading – I survivethe death of the body – the world cannot affect me. Each <strong>on</strong>e of the statements, I must beable <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make from the inner most core of my heart. And when I ask my own intellectwhether it is c<strong>on</strong>vinced, it must say yes.Hence Mananam removes all obstacles in the intellect and makes the knowledge in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>doubtless knowledge or c<strong>on</strong>victi<strong>on</strong>. Mananam is the process of c<strong>on</strong>victi<strong>on</strong> – solving theintellectual problems. Doubts bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the intellect, therefore Mananam is solving theintellectual problem and hence Mananam is an intellectual process.Nisamshaya Jnānam [firm understanding] with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> my essential nature my realor higher nature. Shravanam removes ignorance, Mananam removes doubts or intellectualproblems.54


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda7.5.3. Nididhyāsanam – C<strong>on</strong>templati<strong>on</strong> / Assimilati<strong>on</strong>, transformati<strong>on</strong> of emoti<strong>on</strong>sThen comes the process of Nididhyāsanam which is the process of internalisati<strong>on</strong> orassimilati<strong>on</strong> of this knowledge and the removal of my habitual behaviour. This alsoinvolves solving emoti<strong>on</strong>al problems in the light of Jnānam. Ultimately even thoughSamsara is a problem of ignorance, the ignorance is appearing or expressing in the formof emoti<strong>on</strong>al turmoil al<strong>on</strong>e. Basic problem may by Ajnānam but I am facing this problem inthe form of Rāga Dvesha Kāma Krodhaha Lobha Moha Mada Mātsarya and Bhayam.[like, dislike, lust, anger, greed, delusi<strong>on</strong>, illusi<strong>on</strong>, envy, fear]. Unless the emoti<strong>on</strong>alproblems are solved, I have not assimilated the knowledge <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally.The present behaviour I have developed very gradually, it is a habit, a c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ing that Ihave – this I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> de-c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> myself. This process is called Nididhyāsanam orassimilati<strong>on</strong>. Only when the habitual behaviour goes away, do I get the full benefit of thisknowledge. We have been Samsārī, petty, ignorant, bitter people and that pers<strong>on</strong>ality hasinfluenced our resp<strong>on</strong>ses, our goals. Everything has been governed by our idea abou<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>urselves. How you behave depends <strong>on</strong> how you look at yourself.Every behaviour depends <strong>on</strong> your self image. As l<strong>on</strong>g as you have a miserable selfimage, your behaviour will be miserable. And even if the Guru transforms the self image,the old self image c<strong>on</strong>tinues for a length of time. Hence we need some time during whichwe should allow the transformati<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> take place. And that process is calledNididhyāsanam in which I keep in <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uch with the Shāstram even if the study part is over. Ikeep in <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uch with the Jnānis or wise people, Satsanga or Shāstra Sanga because theassociati<strong>on</strong> influences my pers<strong>on</strong>ality. Not <strong>on</strong>ly do I keep in <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uch with Shāstra, I lead analert life, m<strong>on</strong>i<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ring my resp<strong>on</strong>ses and making sure that every resp<strong>on</strong>se in every situati<strong>on</strong>is governed by the new teaching and not by the old misunders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od pers<strong>on</strong>ality. Andassimilated knowledge al<strong>on</strong>e nourishes me like assimilated food nourishes food. It is notthe amount of food that I eat that matters, but the amount of food that I digest al<strong>on</strong>e thatmatters.Swami Chinmayānanda put it “You may have g<strong>on</strong>e through ten Upanishads. W<strong>on</strong>derful.How many Upanishads have g<strong>on</strong>e through you ?” Hence c<strong>on</strong>versi<strong>on</strong> of intellectualknowledge in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> emoti<strong>on</strong>al strength is called Nididhyāsanam. This can be d<strong>on</strong>e as follows :All emoti<strong>on</strong>al problems will express themselves in two forms :- One is choice-less situati<strong>on</strong>s which requires acceptance. We should sufficientemoti<strong>on</strong>al strength <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept whatever is choiceless- Other is choice-ful situati<strong>on</strong> which can be changed or improved where the emoti<strong>on</strong>almind should not obstruct my effort <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> improve the situati<strong>on</strong>.A weak mind creates problems in two ways :- When there is a choiceless situati<strong>on</strong>, the weak mind goes <strong>on</strong> saying “D<strong>on</strong>’t accept it” –which means I keep mumbling and grumbling all time knowing that this will not change55


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandathe situati<strong>on</strong> because it is choiceless. Therefore strengthening the emoti<strong>on</strong>al mind <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>accept the choiceless is the purpose of this knowledge.- If the mind is weak and is worrying over the choiceless, then the problem is that ourtime is spent in worrying that where we can improve we will not be available forimproving the situati<strong>on</strong>. Worrying over the choiceless becomes an obstacle inimproving over the choiceful or where the improvement is possible. Hence I shouldwork <strong>on</strong> the situati<strong>on</strong>s that can be improved.This is called emoti<strong>on</strong>al strength. Face the situati<strong>on</strong>. If the situati<strong>on</strong> is a choiceless <strong>on</strong>e,I learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept it and forget it and go for the next <strong>on</strong>e. And I try <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> improve the situati<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the extent possible. There also there may be a limitati<strong>on</strong>. Once I reach another choicelesssituati<strong>on</strong>, again I understand it and I go for the next. Like the bulldozer I face the day-<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>daylife with emoti<strong>on</strong>al strength. And this emoti<strong>on</strong>al strength is possible <strong>on</strong>ly when theknowledge is presiding over my day <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> day life.Therefore Shravanam and Mananam and Nididhyāsanam is Jnāna Yogaha. And thisJnāna Yoga will give self-knowledge. Self-knowledge will give Moksha which means I amfree in the presence and absence of things, people, my life and even in death. This isJnāna Yogaha the subtlest form of Sādhanā.7.5.4. Role of Āshrama DharmaYou should remember, all the three Yogas, Karma Yoga, Upāsana Yoga and JnānaYoga are compulsory for all people and not given as opti<strong>on</strong>al Yogas. Every body requiresthese and the culminati<strong>on</strong> is in self-knowledge which give me Moksha. If at all there is apers<strong>on</strong> who comes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Jnāna Yoga without Karma Yoga or Upāsana Yoga, he cannot besuccessful. And if at all a pers<strong>on</strong> skips Karma Yoga or Upāsana Yoga and successfullygains Jnānam, the scriptures say he must have g<strong>on</strong>e through both of these in his pastJanma . If you study the Āshrama scheme, you will find that the four Āshramas aredesigned for the pursuit of these three Yogas <strong>on</strong>ly.Even though these three are not air-tight compartment compartments, there is adominati<strong>on</strong> of a particular Yoga in a particular stage in life.In BrahmĀchārya Āshrama it is primarily studying the theory – what is life, what is thegoal. The other three Āshramas are meant for predominantly practicing the three Yogas.Grihastha Āshrama is Karma Yoga Pradhānaha; Vānaprastha Āshrama is UpāsanaYoga Pradhāna; Sanyāsa Āshrama is Jnāna Yoga Pradhānaha.These three different infrastructures are presented for predominantly practicing thesethree Yogas. Even if you do not go through these four Āshramas physically, you will have<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make the appropriate modificati<strong>on</strong>s in your lifestyle depending <strong>on</strong> which Yoga youdominantly practice. And therefore adjust the infrastructure follow the three Yogas, gainknowledge and be free. Being a free pers<strong>on</strong> either enjoy Dharma Artha Kāma presence, orenjoy the absence of Dharma Artha Kāma. This is the visi<strong>on</strong> of all the scriptures primary as56


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandawell as sec<strong>on</strong>dary.Saturday, 5 April 20088. Bhakti YogaToday we will deal with the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of Bhaktihi found in the scriptures and a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic withvarious shades of meaning in different c<strong>on</strong>texts and therefore often a c<strong>on</strong>fusing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic also.So we should clearly understand what Bhaktihi is. The word Bhaktihi is used in thescriptures in two different meanings.8.1. First Meaning of Bhakti - Devoti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> GodOne is Bhakti as in devoti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards God. Devoti<strong>on</strong> is nothing but a love directed<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards a higher principle. Whenever love is directed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards some principle which werevere, which is sacred, that love is called Devoti<strong>on</strong>. Reverential love can be called asdevoti<strong>on</strong>. We talk about Mātru Bhakti, Pitru Bhakti because in our traditi<strong>on</strong> we look up<strong>on</strong>our parents as superior, holy, deserving, respect worthy. Similarly we talk about GuruBhakti and Desha Bhakti and Īshvara Bhakti. This love has been very elaborately analysedin our scriptures both in its general form as love and also in its specific form as in love ofGod.8.1.1. Forms of loveScriptures point out that all forms of love that a human being entertains is directed<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards <strong>on</strong>ly three things.8.1.1.1. Love <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards GoalsThe first is whatever goals that we want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish in our life, whatever ends that wewant <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish, all are ends that we love. And it is because we love them that we want<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acquire them or accomplish them. This is called Love <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards various ends or goals.8.1.1.2. Love <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards MeansLater we find that <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish the ends, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> use various means. Only throughthe means can we accomplish the ends, and since the means are useful <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish theends, we begin <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> love the means also. This is because it is useful <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish the endsand hence the sec<strong>on</strong>d directi<strong>on</strong> of our love is love of the means.8.1.1.3. Love <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards <strong>on</strong>eselfThe third thing the object of love is the love of <strong>on</strong>eself. Every<strong>on</strong>e loves himself orherself. It is also called self love.Then the scriptures point out that there is a gradati<strong>on</strong> in the intensity of love in theabove three forms of love. Love of the means is the least in its intensity, love of the end is57


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandamediocre and love of <strong>on</strong>eself is the highest form of love wherein the love has got thehighest intensity. The reas<strong>on</strong> is that love of the means is not for the sake of the meansitself but for the sake of the end. Once the end is accomplished, then the attitude <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wardsthe means is completely different and often not loved. E.g. Rich people are more lovedthan poor people. That is because the rich are the means <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> an end called Wealth. And asl<strong>on</strong>g as the end called wealth can be accomplished through the rich, they are loved. Themoment m<strong>on</strong>ey goes away from them, thereafter the rich are not loved. Most of the timelove for people is love for the means <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accomplish the end and often m<strong>on</strong>ey is the end.Between the love of the end and love for the self, the love of the self is superior. I lovevarious ends hoping that they will give me various comfort safety and happiness. Themoment I see that particular end does not give me joy, then the end is either changed, oreven after accomplishing the end, it is disposed of.If we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> grade, Means love is called Manda, End love is called Madhyama and Selflove is called Uttama because that is the highest in intensity.8.1.2. Love <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards GodLet us apply this in the field of God. If we have Bhakti or if a pers<strong>on</strong> loves God, what willbe the intensity of that love ? The scriptures point out, the intensity of the love dependsup<strong>on</strong> how you look up<strong>on</strong> God.8.1.2.1. Manda Bhakti – “Dull” (selfish) bhaktiMajority of people look up<strong>on</strong> God <strong>on</strong>ly as the means for various worldly ends. As l<strong>on</strong>gas you look up<strong>on</strong> God <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> attain means the love is called Manda Bhaktihi. That is whypeople get angry with God also. This is a c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>al love, and <strong>on</strong>ly if the c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> isfulfilled will the pers<strong>on</strong> love God and if the c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> is not fulfilled I reject God.8.1.2.2. Madhyama Bhakti– Middle bhaktiThe next set of people who are still rarer, who look up<strong>on</strong> God not as means <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> variousends. They are matured enough, their understanding of God is clearer enough that theyare able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> choose God as the goal of life. Because they know God represents security,peace happiness. Once I understand God as the symbolic representati<strong>on</strong> of peace, loveand happiness then I know that every<strong>on</strong>e in life is seeking security, happiness and peaceal<strong>on</strong>e. And <strong>on</strong>ce I know God represents these, I know that God is the end of my life andnaturally my love of God is as the end and therefore it is more intense than the previous<strong>on</strong>e. This Bhakti is called Madhyama Bhakti.8.1.2.3. Uttama Bhakti – Best bhaktiUttama Bhakti is the even rarer form of love, the most intense form of love in which Ilook up<strong>on</strong> God not as the means nor even as the end, but God as n<strong>on</strong>-different frommyself. Soham Asmi – means that that Lord is essentially not different from me andtherefore the Lord and the Self being identical, God love will become equal <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> self love.58


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaAnd since self love is the most intense love, that form of love is called Uttama Bhakti.For Manda Bhakta God is dear, for Madhyama Bhakta God is dearer and for the UttamaBhakta God is the dearest. Krishna beautifully elaborates in seventh and twelfth chapter ofGītā. Thus love of God in the form of Manda, Madhyama and Uttama Rūpa is calledBhakti. This is the first meaning of the word Bhakti. Now we will come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the sec<strong>on</strong>dmeaning of the word Bhakti.8.2. Sec<strong>on</strong>d Meaning of Bhakti - Course of DisciplineThe sec<strong>on</strong>d meaning is Bhakti as a course of discipline <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> achieve the spiritual goal, theultimate goal of liberati<strong>on</strong>. To c<strong>on</strong>vey this idea of Bhakti as a course of discipline, generallythe word Yoga is added. So when Bhakti means a course of discipline, we use the wordBhakti Yogaha meant for accomplishing the goal. In the Bhagavad Gītā Krishna saysMāmcha Yovyabhichārena Bhakti Yogena Sevate,Sagunān Samatītyaitān Bhrahma Bhūyāya KalpateAnd the 12th chapter of the Gītā is titled Bhakti Yoga itself.8.2.1. What is Bhakti Yogaha ?What course of discipline is indicated by the word Bhakti Yogaha. Earlier we dealt withour threefold course of discipline for attaining the Purushārtha – the human goals. Wetalked about Karma Yoga, Upāsana Yoga and Jnāna Yoga. We never talked about BhaktiYogaha. So the questi<strong>on</strong> is what is then meant by Bhakti Yogaha as a course of discipline? Is it a fourth Yoga ?Our answer is Bhakti Yogaha is not an exclusive or separate course of discipline at all.Bhakti is the name of the entire groups of discipline c<strong>on</strong>sisting of all the three. It is not afourth <strong>on</strong>e, but it is the name of the entire threefold course of discipline known as KarmaYoga, Upāsana Yoga and Jnāna Yoga. The first stage of Bhakti Yogaha is Karma Yoga.The sec<strong>on</strong>d stage of Bhakti Yoga is Upāsana Yoga and the third stage of Bhakti Yoga isJnāna Yoga.8.2.2. All encompassingThe next questi<strong>on</strong> is why do you call all these three comm<strong>on</strong>ly as Bhakti Yogaha ? Howcome Bhakti Yogaha is the comm<strong>on</strong> name for all these three ? Why d<strong>on</strong>’t you treat it as aseparate fourth Yoga ? Bhakti Yogaha is the comm<strong>on</strong> name for all the three because,Bhakti is the comm<strong>on</strong> atmosphere in which all these three Yogas are practiced. It is notthat Bhakti is separately practiced in a separate time but Karma Yoga, Upāsana Yoga andJnāna Yoga have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be imbued in Bhakti.In Karma Yoga, the attitude that <strong>on</strong>e enjoys is dedicating all acti<strong>on</strong>s <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Lord andaccepting without resistance all the c<strong>on</strong>sequences of my acti<strong>on</strong>s. Therefore how can thereKarma Yoga without Ishvara Arpana Bhāvanā and Prasāda Bhāvanā. Therefore a Karma59


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaYogi should necessarily have Bhakti all the time because every acti<strong>on</strong> is dedicated <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> theLord.In Upāsana Yoga, I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> meditate up<strong>on</strong> the Lord for developing mental discipline andintegrati<strong>on</strong>. How can I meditate up<strong>on</strong> Lord if I d<strong>on</strong>’t have Bhakti – these include MānasaPūja, Mānasa Pārāyanam, Mānasa Japa. Therefore Upāsana Yoga must also take placein the atmosphere of Bhakti al<strong>on</strong>e.Jnāna Yoga also involves Bhakti. Before any study of scriptures, we start with a prayerand end with a prayer. In Jnāna Yoga we are enquiring in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our own real nature,discovering the identity of our real nature with the nature of God. therefore self realisati<strong>on</strong>or discovery is nothing but God discovery. Therefore Jnāna Yoga also involves Bhakti.At no time is the pers<strong>on</strong> away from Bhakti and all three Yogas put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether are calledBhakti Yogaha. This is the sec<strong>on</strong>d meaning of Bhakti.8.3. Principle of GodAnother <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be introduced in this c<strong>on</strong>text. When we talk of Bhakti, it is love ordevoti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards God. Without understanding the principle of God, how can we discussthe <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of devoti<strong>on</strong> ? Because, integral part of love is the object of love. Infact you cannotdevelop love <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards any<strong>on</strong>e without understanding what it is. How can any<strong>on</strong>e love anunknown thing or pers<strong>on</strong> ? That is why Jnānam of God becomes a necessity.Scriptures give three definiti<strong>on</strong>s of God depending <strong>on</strong> the maturity of the seeker and theintellectual calibre of the seeker.8.3.1. Jagat Kartā Īshvara – God as crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of worldFirst definiti<strong>on</strong> for the beginner is – God is the crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of the world. In Sanskrit - JagatKartā Īshvara. And we present the simple and easily understandable reas<strong>on</strong>ing – any welldesigned product, any purposeful well designed product must have an intelligent being <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>design. And the more well designed the product is, the more you appreciate the designingintelligence. So if the ordinary product requires an intelligent being behind the creati<strong>on</strong>,what <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> talk of the most w<strong>on</strong>derful universe which is well designed and very purposeful ?Nothing is purposeless in this creati<strong>on</strong>. If this creati<strong>on</strong> is purposeful and well designedthere must be an intelligent crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r behind it and that intelligent crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r is the Jagat Kartāor Īshvara.And <strong>on</strong>ce I define Īshvara as Jagat Kartā, you will visualise God as a pers<strong>on</strong> becausewe are used <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> intelligent beings as human beings or pers<strong>on</strong>s. Therefore we imagine avery intelligent God who is omniscient, omnipotent, and since we d<strong>on</strong>’t see him aroundsafely place him above the clouds. This is Lord as a crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r, pers<strong>on</strong>al God with a specialform as Raama, Krishna, Vishnu or Shiva. This is called Eka Rūpa Īshvara.60


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda8.3.2. Jagat Kāranam Īshvara – God as cause of worldAnd <strong>on</strong>ce you have grown up sufficiently, the scriptures present the next level ofĪshvara. God is the cause of the world - Jagat Kāranam Īshvara. Suppose I understandGod as the crea<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of the world, invariably the questi<strong>on</strong> comes – what is the raw materialout of which the world is created? Nothing else is available because before the creati<strong>on</strong> ofthe world, God al<strong>on</strong>e was there – n<strong>on</strong>e else, even space was not available. That is whyscientists say, before Big Bang, we cannot even c<strong>on</strong>ceive of time and space. Even beforethe creati<strong>on</strong> of time and space and objects, when God al<strong>on</strong>e was there, where is the rawmaterial ?Scriptures point out that God himself happens <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be the very material also out of whichthe world is shaped. God is the Kāranam – the very material out of which the world iscreated- just as a spider finds the material for the web out of itself. Similarly God is thematerial cause of the universe and from this the scriptures extend, the raw materials al<strong>on</strong>ebecomes the product – manifold products, and since God is the raw material God al<strong>on</strong>ehas become the universe. Therefore the whole universe is nothing but God al<strong>on</strong>e. Sowhere is God ? The whole universe is God. Since the whole universe is God, every form Isee is the form of God. Hence God does not have <strong>on</strong>e form but all forms are God’s forms.So He is no more pers<strong>on</strong>al God, He is universal God. He is no more Eka Rūpa Īshvara butis Aneka Rūpa Īshvara or Vishva Rūpa Īshvara and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> have the Darshanam <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Godhe is available everywhere.Hence first we said, God created the world, and now we say, God has become theworld.8.3.3. Jagat Adhishthānam Īshvara – God as substratum of worldOnce you are ready for the next level, the scriptures give the third definiti<strong>on</strong> – JagatAdhishthānam Īshvara. This is the highest and the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ughest and the culminati<strong>on</strong>. In this wesay, God did not become the world. This is because the next questi<strong>on</strong> will be – Are theugly things God as well? How can I accept bad also as God ? If such a questi<strong>on</strong> comes,you are ready for the third definiti<strong>on</strong>.God does not become the world. God appears as the world with different forms notaffected by any form in which he appears. To put the other way around – God is the verysubstratum of all the forms or the entire creati<strong>on</strong>, which he transcends. God is the ultimatereality, God is the ultimate stuff behind the creati<strong>on</strong> but not affected by them. This is JagatAdhishthānam Īshvara.And since God transcends all the superficial forms of the creati<strong>on</strong>, no particular formbel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> God. Therefore that God is Adhishthānam Īshvara is Arūpa Īshvara – formlessGod.When I am in the initial stage, I have Eka Rūpa Bhaktihi. When I am in the middlestage, I have Aneka Rūpa Bhaktihi. When I am in the final stage my Bhakti is ArūpaBhaktihi.61


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaAnd remember, when we talk about the three stages gradually, the latter <strong>on</strong>es does notdisplace the former <strong>on</strong>es. It <strong>on</strong>ly is of a different dimensi<strong>on</strong>. The <strong>on</strong>e who has come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Arūpa Bhakti has not lost Eka Rūpa and Aneka Rūpa. Arūpa Bhakti includes the other two.That is why the greatest Advaitin can worship God in any form also. They could happilyappreciate Lord as the beautiful nature also and they could transcend both of them andarrive at the formless also. So the higher <strong>on</strong>e does not displace the lower <strong>on</strong>e but addsanother dimensi<strong>on</strong>. This is the understanding of God that develops in the mind of theseeker as he studies the scriptures.To c<strong>on</strong>solidate, we have discussed nine forms of Bhakti.a) The first three are Manda Bhakti, Madhyama Bhakti and Uttama Bhakti where Bhaktiis based <strong>on</strong> Love of God – Bhāvanā Drushtyā Bhakti Trayamb) Then we saw Karma Yoga Rūpa Bhakti, Upāsana Yoga Rūpa Bhakti and Jnāna YogaRūpa Bhakti where Bhakti is from the standpoint of Sādhanā - Sādhanā DrushtyāBhakti Trayamc) Then we saw Eka Rūpa Bhakti, Aneka Rūpa Bhakti and Arūpa Bhakti depending <strong>on</strong>my understanding of God – Devatā Drushtyā Bhakti TrayamSo anytime we talk about Bhakti, we should understand the c<strong>on</strong>text and grasp themeaning. And it is a very important <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic in the scriptures.Sunday, 6 April 20089. Sādhanā Chatushtaya – Four qualificati<strong>on</strong>sIf we look at the book of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>, we will see that n<strong>on</strong>e of the above <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics arecovered in <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>. The textbook <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> assumes that a student of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>knows all the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics that we have already discussed. They are all taken for granted in thisparticular book. In fact they are implicitly c<strong>on</strong>tained in <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>. Now that we arefamiliar with these <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics, we can enter in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> summary proper. <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> is abook which primarily focuses <strong>on</strong> Jnāna Yoga spiritual discipline or self enquiry. Unlike theBhagavad Gītā which is a complete and comprehensive textbook because it deals withKarma Yoga, Upāsana Yoga and Jnāna Yoga, <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> deals <strong>on</strong>ly with Jnāna Yoga.This book <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> is generally studied because it presents the method of selfenquiry in a systematic and comprehensive form. Self enquiry is presented in a systematicand comprehensive form and this Self enquiry leads <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> self-knowledge or self discovery.This is the subject matter of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>.Not <strong>on</strong>ly does <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> deal with Self enquiry like other spiritual textbooks, by theway of enquiry, it introduces all the technical terms required for c<strong>on</strong>ducting Self enquiry.Any particular science has its own technical terms – called Paribhāshā Shabdāhā inSanskrit. And you cannot translate certain words. Technical words are required in any62


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandascience including Jnāna Yoga. In <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> all these technical terms are verysystematically and comprehensively presented and each <strong>on</strong>e is beautifully defined as well.This <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> serves two purposes- It give you the method of enquiry leading <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> knowledge- It introduces technical terms or terminologiesThis book <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> is written by Shankarāchārya but not ascertained if it is ĀdiShankarāchārya. And this is a small book <strong>on</strong>ly in prose form. Some of the scriptural textare in metrical form (poetry) which can be chanted. but <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> is in prose formexcept for the beginning and end. It begins and ends with prayers.9.1. Qualificati<strong>on</strong> for Self enquiryWith this background informati<strong>on</strong>, we will enter in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the first <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>. Thetextbook begins with the qualificati<strong>on</strong>s required for Self enquiry. What are the prepara<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ryqualificati<strong>on</strong> or prepara<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry disciplines required for Self enquiry. This is also <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> beunders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od very well, because the study of any science presupposes the appropriatequalificati<strong>on</strong>. Without appropriate qualificati<strong>on</strong>, <strong>on</strong>e cannot enter in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> any field. This is trueof Self enquiry also. This qualificati<strong>on</strong> is presented as Sādhana Chatushtaya Sampattihi.Sādhanām means qualificati<strong>on</strong> and Chatushtayam means preparati<strong>on</strong>. Hence SādhanaChatushtaya means fourfold qualificati<strong>on</strong> or fourfold prepara<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry discipline.The four qualificati<strong>on</strong>s menti<strong>on</strong>ed are:- Vivekaha - discriminati<strong>on</strong>- Vairāgyam - dispassi<strong>on</strong>- Mumukshutvam - desire- Shatka Sampattihi – discipline9.1.1. Vivekaha – Discriminati<strong>on</strong>This can be translated in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> English as discriminati<strong>on</strong>. Here we use the worddiscriminati<strong>on</strong> not in a negative sense as in racial discriminati<strong>on</strong>, gender discriminati<strong>on</strong> etc.In the negative sense it is used <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> partiality or favouritism. But in the scripturaljarg<strong>on</strong> the word discriminati<strong>on</strong> is not in the negative sense, here it means the sense ofjudgement, right judgement, right understanding, discernment.Now the questi<strong>on</strong> is discriminati<strong>on</strong> or separati<strong>on</strong> between what and what ? This isbecause discriminati<strong>on</strong> always involves two parties. <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> defines this as NityaAnitya Vastu Vivekaha – understanding of what is Anityam or impermanent and Nityam orpermanent. Therefore differentiati<strong>on</strong> of the impermanent and permanent, differentiati<strong>on</strong> ofthe ephemeral and eternal is discriminati<strong>on</strong>.How are we <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand this ? If you look at the universe, we discover <strong>on</strong>e fact thatthe whole world or creati<strong>on</strong> exists within time - space frame. Therefore no object in thecreati<strong>on</strong> is bey<strong>on</strong>d time and space and everything is subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <strong>on</strong>slaught of time.63


Kālaha Krīdati Gacchati Āyuhu<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaOnslaught of time, or every object is attacked my time means every object is subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>birth and c<strong>on</strong>sequently subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> death also. And since I do not experience anythingbey<strong>on</strong>d time, I can say the whole creati<strong>on</strong> is impermanent or ephemeral or perishable innature. Thus perish-ability or fragility is the intrinsic nature of the entire creati<strong>on</strong> c<strong>on</strong>sistingof things, beings, situati<strong>on</strong>s and relati<strong>on</strong>ships. There is no permanent object, permanentpers<strong>on</strong> or permanent situati<strong>on</strong> and above all there is no permanent relati<strong>on</strong>ship.And since the whole world is perishable, it can never give lasting security or support.Nothing in the world or entire world can give me lasting security or support. So if I amgoing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> expect lasting security or support from the world, my expectati<strong>on</strong>s are not going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>be fulfilled. Disappointment will be the result. Therefore right judgement is – never depend<strong>on</strong> the world, never rely up<strong>on</strong> the world for lasting security and support. The world cannotgive it – Anitya Vastu cannot give it.That does not mean that the world is useless or that the world should be rejected. Theworld can give a lot of things and certainly you can use the world for a lot of things. Worldcan give you entertainment, educati<strong>on</strong>, opportunity for service, opportunity for growth. Butwhen it comes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> lasting security and support, leaning <strong>on</strong> the world is risky. That is why wehave the example of the cardboard chair. We have beautiful chair of cardboard, we cankeep in the showcase. But it cannot be used for sitting down.Therefore the first wisdom is that the whole world is like a cardboard chair. D<strong>on</strong>’t lean<strong>on</strong> it. Use it, but d<strong>on</strong>’t lean <strong>on</strong> it. This wisdom is with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Anitya Vastu.And if I want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> lean <strong>on</strong> something, if I want lasting support and security I should turn<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards Nitya Vastu and Nitya Vastu al<strong>on</strong>e. This refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> permanent or eternal thing. In<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> language, it is called Brahman. In religious or Puranic language, it is calledGod.Therefore the first less<strong>on</strong> is God al<strong>on</strong>e can give permanent security and support. Worldcan give entertainment, educati<strong>on</strong> and opportunity. This understanding is called NityaAnitya Vastu Vivekaha.9.1.2. Vairāgyam – Dispassi<strong>on</strong>The sec<strong>on</strong>d qualificati<strong>on</strong> is called Vairāgyam. Vairāgyam is called dispassi<strong>on</strong>. What ismeant by passi<strong>on</strong> ? Passi<strong>on</strong> is clinging <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the world for security and support. Psychologicalleaning <strong>on</strong> the world for security and support is also passi<strong>on</strong>. Using the world forentertainment is not passi<strong>on</strong>. Using the world for educati<strong>on</strong>, serving is not passi<strong>on</strong> butleaning <strong>on</strong> the world for security and support especially psychologically, is called Passi<strong>on</strong>.And having unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od that the world cannot be relied up<strong>on</strong> for security and support,gradually withdrawing from this world or s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pping leaning <strong>on</strong> the world for security orsupport is called dispassi<strong>on</strong>. This does not mean running away from the world, norrejecting but psychologically when I need security and support, I change the channel.64


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaI have both channels, World channel and God Channel. If I want entertainment andeducati<strong>on</strong>, use the World channel, for security and support change the channel. Thischanging of the channel when I need security and support is called dispassi<strong>on</strong>. Weaningmyself away from the world which is born out of discriminati<strong>on</strong> or understanding. Just likehaving two chairs – <strong>on</strong>e is made of teak wood and the other is made of cardboard. Use<strong>on</strong>e for decorati<strong>on</strong> and the other for sitting. Use God and Use World appropriately.9.1.3. Mumukshutvam – Desire (for liberati<strong>on</strong>)The third qualificati<strong>on</strong> is called Desire or Mumukshutvam. This is the desire for Freedomfrom the problems caused by depending <strong>on</strong> the world or Anitya Vastu leaning. Worlddependence causes lot of psychological problems. The first psychological problem isinsecurity. This is because I am worried that whatever I am dependant up<strong>on</strong> will give way.And especially if it involves people, there is a c<strong>on</strong>stant worry of rejecti<strong>on</strong>. Those peoplewho liked me, will they c<strong>on</strong>tinue <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> like me permanently. Insecurity with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> family oreverything else, the basic problem will be insecurity, worry, fear, frustrati<strong>on</strong>,disappointment anger, hatred and in fact all psychological problems are cause bydepending <strong>on</strong> the un-dependable, relying <strong>on</strong> the un-reliable. It is not the problem with theAnitya Vastu, but it is my mistake that I expected permanence out of impermanence.Wr<strong>on</strong>g expectati<strong>on</strong>s are the problems. And the problems caused by the wr<strong>on</strong>gexpectati<strong>on</strong>s or dependences are called Samsāraha. Mumukshutvam means str<strong>on</strong>g desire<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be free from this Samsāraha .If this desire is not there, a pers<strong>on</strong> will travel from <strong>on</strong>e impermanent thing <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> anotherimpermanent thing, and again be cheated and frustrated. So when the pers<strong>on</strong> wants <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> ge<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ut of this mess, this is called desire for freedom or Mumukshutvam.9.1.4. Shatka Sampattihi – Sixfold disciplineThe fourth qualificati<strong>on</strong> is called discipline or Shatka Sampattihi. Shatka means sixfold.Hence Shatka Sampattihi means sixfold inner discipline or pers<strong>on</strong>al discipline, selfmanagement before trying <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manage others like the family, the company or the nati<strong>on</strong>.And the six disciples are enumerated.9.1.4.1. Shamaha – TranquilityThis means tranquillity and mastery of the mind or mind c<strong>on</strong>trol in simple language9.1.4.2. Damaha – Sense-c<strong>on</strong>trolTranquillity and mastery of sense organs. Sensory discipline or sense c<strong>on</strong>trol9.1.4.3. Uparamaha – IntrospectivenessReducti<strong>on</strong> of extrovert activities so that <strong>on</strong>e will get some quality time for Self enquiry.Relaxed and stress-free pursuit. Finding quality time for withdrawal.65


9.1.4.4. Titikshā – Forbearance<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaMeans mental <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ughness <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> withstand all forms of challenges in life. To face all types ofexperiences in life and this is also called psychological immunity in ups and downs. This isalso called forbearance. This is an important word that has many shades of meanings. Inthis case we use the meaning of inner strength9.1.4.5. Shraddhā – TrustShraddhā means faith in the scriptures and also the Guru or Āchārya who helps in thestudy of the scriptures. By faith we do not mean blind faith but an open mindedness until Iunderstand things clearly – hence a n<strong>on</strong>-critical open minded approach giving the benefi<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>f the doubt <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the teacher or the scriptures until I understand. That humility, Shraddhāinvolves freedom from intellectual arrogance. Intellectual arrogance is a very big obstaclefor scriptural studies.9.1.4.6. Samādhānam – C<strong>on</strong>centrati<strong>on</strong>This means focussing capacity. The capacity <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> focus <strong>on</strong> the goal that I haveundertaken. If it involves listening <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a talk, my mind must be focussed <strong>on</strong> it for at least anhour. So c<strong>on</strong>centrati<strong>on</strong> or focussing is that this refers.The above are the sixfold discipline and all the above make up <strong>on</strong>e qualificati<strong>on</strong>. All thefour qualificati<strong>on</strong>s put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether make up Sādhana Chatushtayam and this is the prerequisitefor Self enquiry. <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> begins with this statement <strong>on</strong>ly.The <strong>on</strong>e who has got these four – at least 10 – 15 % - is called Adhikāri and he or shecan al<strong>on</strong>e benefit fully from Self enquiry, for others it will appear irrelevant or a waste oftime or will merely appear as an academic exercise.9.2. Becoming an Adhikāri [qualified student]The author of this text points out that Sādhana Chatushtayam is required but he neversays how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acquire them. Many things are taken for granted. Naturally if he says that thefourfold qualificati<strong>on</strong> are required and I will look in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> myself and I find myself <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be anAnadhikāri, what am I supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> do <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> become an Adhikāri ? We have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> find theanswers ourselves and the methods are as followsThe first three qualificati<strong>on</strong>s discriminati<strong>on</strong>, dispassi<strong>on</strong> and desire are acquired andnourished by Karma Yoga discipline. Karma Yoga is the most important discipline meantfor acquiring the first three qualificati<strong>on</strong>s.The fourth qualificati<strong>on</strong> Shama Ādi Shatka Sampattihi. The fourth qualificati<strong>on</strong> isacquired through Upāsana Yogaha. Hence Karma Yoga and Upāsana Yoga <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether willgive Sādhana Chatushtaya Sampatthihi with is preparati<strong>on</strong> for Jnāna Yoga. Karma Yogaand Upāsana Yoga will make you fit for Jnāna Yoga. Hence Karma Yoga and UpāsanaYoga gives you Jnāna Yogyatā. Jnāna Yoga gives us Jnānam. And Jnānam gives youMokhshaha.66


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaTherefore out entire spiritual discipline can be divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> two stages now. First stage isJnāna Yogyatā Prāptihi – acquisiti<strong>on</strong> of Jnāna Yogyatā. This involves pursuit of Karma andUpāsana Yoga. And the sec<strong>on</strong>d and final stage of life is acquisiti<strong>on</strong> of Jnānam – JnānaPrāptihi.In the scriptures the first stage of Jnāna Yogyatā Prāptihi is discussed in the first part ofthe scriptures – Veda Pūrva deals with Jnāna Yogyatā Prāptihi through Karma andUpāsana Yoga. This porti<strong>on</strong> is also called Karma Kāndam or religious porti<strong>on</strong>. The entirereligious porti<strong>on</strong> or beginning porti<strong>on</strong> of the scriptures known as Veda Pūrva deals withJnāna Yogyatā Prāptihi through Karma and Upāsana.Whereas the last porti<strong>on</strong> called Veda Antaha deals with Jnāna Prāptihi or the attainmen<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>f Jnānam through Jnāna Yoga. And this is not religious porti<strong>on</strong> but is the philosophicalporti<strong>on</strong> of the scriptures. Thus the scriptures have got a religious porti<strong>on</strong> dealing withreligious life for Jnāna Yogyatā and a Philosophical porti<strong>on</strong> for a philosophical life which ismeant for Jnāna Prāptihi. Veda Pūrva and Veda Antaha – <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> is also known asUpanishad. That is because <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> puts an end <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all the problems born out of wr<strong>on</strong>gexpectati<strong>on</strong>. Upanishad means destroyer of dependence caused problems.9.3. Ten “Commandments” - Yama / NiyamaFinally we will discuss <strong>on</strong>e more aspect. We saw Karma Yoga gives the first threequalificati<strong>on</strong>s (Discriminati<strong>on</strong>, dispassi<strong>on</strong> and desire) and Upāsana Yoga gives the lastqualificati<strong>on</strong> (discipline). In additi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Karma Yoga and Upāsana Yoga, <strong>on</strong>e more exerciseis included for acquiring Sādhana Chatushtaya Sampatthihi. Karma Yoga and UpāsanaYoga are not sufficient. One more is important – that is an ethical life in which a pers<strong>on</strong>follows moral values. A life of moral values is extremely important for cultivating SādhanaChatushtayam. Mere Karma Yoga and mere Upāsana Yoga are not enough. Moralityethical values are also important.What are the ethical values. There are many ethical values highlighted throughout thescriptures. Of them, ten values are important. Without them, Sādhana Chatushtaya isimpossible and without Sādhanā Chatushtaya, Jnāna Yoga is impossible and withoutJnāna Yoga, Jnānam is impossible and without Jnānam, Moksha is impossible and withoutMoksha freedom is not possible. Without Freedom, you will then be a psychological slaveof worries and tensi<strong>on</strong> etc. The ten “commandments” are divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> two groups.9.3.1. Five <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> avoidThe first group c<strong>on</strong>sisting of five values in which you avoid five things.9.3.1.1. Himsā Varjanam – N<strong>on</strong>-violenceFirst <strong>on</strong>e is called Himsā Varjanam. Varjanam means avoidance. Himsā meansviolence. Avoidance of all forms of violence, physical verbal and even mental violence. Andif you think that violence of two nature, avoidable and unavoidable violence, the scriptures67


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandasay avoid the avoidable violence and do Prāyaschittam for the unavoidable violence. AndPrāyaschittam is always Pancha Mahā Yajnāha. In simple terms it is called Ahimsā9.3.1.2. Asatya Varjanam – N<strong>on</strong>-lyingThe sec<strong>on</strong>d avoidance is Asatya Varjanam. Avoidance of lying. Anruta Varjanam –falsehood avoidance. Never lie. Here also if you divide the lie in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> two – avoid all avoidablelies and all unavoidable lies should be followed by Prāyaschittam which is again PanchaMahā Yajnāha. Even the scriptures saysPancha Sūna Grihasthasya Pancha Yajnena NashyatiSūna means unavoidable evil. And a householder will face many such problems and forhim, Prāyaschittam is presented.9.3.1.3. Steyam Varjanam – N<strong>on</strong>-stealingThe third <strong>on</strong>e is Steyam Varjanam – Asteyam. Avoidance of stealing. Any illegitimatepossessi<strong>on</strong> comes under stealing. Any benefit I acquire through an illegitimate deal isstealing <strong>on</strong>ly.9.3.1.4. Maithuna Varjanam – Inappropriate sexThen comes Maithuna Varjanam. Maithunam means inappropriate sexual relati<strong>on</strong>ship inthought, words and deed. Varjanam means avoidance.9.3.1.5. Parigraha Varjanam – N<strong>on</strong>-possessivenessThe fifth <strong>on</strong>e is Parigraha Varjanam. Avoidance of over possessi<strong>on</strong>, hoarding, amassingetc. To put in positive language, simple living <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the extent possible. And if I have more,sharing with others,The above are the five avoidances.9.3.2. Five <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be followedThen there are five positive things <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be followed.9.3.2.1. Shaucham – cleanlinessThe first is Shaucham – means purity. Outside and inside (thoughts) purity9.3.2.2. San<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>shaha – C<strong>on</strong>tentmentThe sec<strong>on</strong>d is San<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>shaha – means positive c<strong>on</strong>tentment with whatever I acquirethrough legitimate methods. This does not mean neutrality saying “OK fine”. I am happy.Yat Labhase Nija KarmopattamVittam Tena Vinodaya Chittam68


9.3.2.3. Tapaha – Self-denial<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThe third is Tapaha or Tapas. Any self denial practiced for master over <strong>on</strong>e’s owninstrument. E,g, fasting, maunam – any vow taken where I deny certain comforts for selfmastery. Tapas is austerity or self denial.9.3.2.4. Svādhyāyaha – Scriptural studyThe fourth is Svādhyāyaha – scriptural study is very important.9.3.2.5. Pranidhānam –Surrender <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> LordThe fifth Īshvara Pranidhānam – surrender <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Lord by which accepting everyexperience as a Karma Phalam which is coming as a gift from God. Without resistanceaccepting every experience and not allowing the experience <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> generate negative emoti<strong>on</strong>.That acceptance is called surrender <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> God.These are the five positive <strong>on</strong>es. The first five are called Yamaha. The sec<strong>on</strong>d five arecalled Niyamaha. Yama + Niyama are the ten commandments which is the moral or ethicallife. Karma Yoga + Upāsana Yoga + Ethical life will give Sādhanā Chatushtaya. If we havethis, we are ready <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>.M<strong>on</strong>day, 7 April 200810. Sharīra Trayam – Three bodiesWe are seeing the technical terms used in all our scriptures which have beencomprehensively presented in the small book called <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>. Not <strong>on</strong>ly does it give theessence of Vedāntik teaching, but also systematically introduces the technical terms. InSanskrit a technical term is called a Paribhāshā Shabdaha. We are seeing the ParibhāshāShabda of the scriptures. Paribhāshā mean technical and Shabdaha means term.In the last sessi<strong>on</strong>, we introduced the technical term – Sādhana Chatushtayam.Sādhanā means qualificati<strong>on</strong> and Chatushtayam means fourfold. We also saw what thosefour qualificati<strong>on</strong> are and how they have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be acquired. These qualificati<strong>on</strong>s are meant forgaining self-knowledge which will lead <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a pers<strong>on</strong>’s liberati<strong>on</strong> or freedom.Today we propose <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> introduce the next technical word used in the Shāstrams and thatis the Sharīra Trayam. Sharīra Trayam means the threefold bodies of an individual.Sharīram means body and Trayam means threefold. Sharīram is otherwise known asDehaha. Therefore we can also say Deha Trayam. We will take each <strong>on</strong>e of the threebodies and analyse.The three bodies enumerated are:- Sthūla Sharīram or Sthūla Dehaha : In English this is called Gross Body- Sūkshma Sharīram or Sūkshma Dehaha : In English this is called subtle body- Kārana Sharīram or Kārana Dehaha : In English this is called Causal Body.69


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaWhile analysing the above we are going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> take four fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs associated with each <strong>on</strong>e ofthe above. The four fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs are:- Material out of which each body is made – the raw material which we always see- Comp<strong>on</strong>ents of each body – the parts that make up the particular body- Functi<strong>on</strong> of each body- Nature of each body10.1. Sthūla Sharīram – Gross BodyLet us first take up the Sthūla Sharīram first and we will go in the order of four fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs –the material, the comp<strong>on</strong>ents, the functi<strong>on</strong> and the nature.10.1.1. MaterialWhat is the material out of which the Sthūla Sharīram is made ? The Shāstrams poin<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ut and we also know that the gross body is made out of gross matter which is in the formof the five gross elements. In the scriptures, matter is divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> five elements basically:- Ākāshaha or space- Vāyu or air- Agni or fire- Jalam or waters- Prithivi or the earthSo the gross body or Sthūla Sharīram is made up of gross matter in the form of grossfive elements. In Sanskrit the gross five elements are called Sthūla Pancha Bhūtāni. Andthis is easily proved by our experience because the body has earth it has solid stuff, bodyhas got plenty of water which al<strong>on</strong>e give shape, Body has Agni in the form of temperature98.7, Body has got Vāyu in the form of life-breath and body has got Ākāshaha or spaceoccupied by the body.So gross matter is the material out of which the body is made. And since it is made ou<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>f Sthūla Bhūtāni (elements), the body is called Bhautika Sharīram. Bhautikam meansborn out of Bhūtāni, Bhūtāni means gross elements. This is the material side.10.1.2. Comp<strong>on</strong>entsThe next fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the body is the comp<strong>on</strong>ents of the body. Of course thebody has got innumerable comp<strong>on</strong>ents. If we get in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the details it will become the scienceof ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my. For the sake of c<strong>on</strong>venience, the Shāstrams divide the body in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fourcomp<strong>on</strong>ents- Central Body – Ātmā- Head – Shira- Hands – Paksha- Legs – Puccha70


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThis Shira Paksha Puccha Ātmā is according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Tattiriya Upanishad. These are thefour classificati<strong>on</strong>s. These are the four comp<strong>on</strong>ents of the Sthūla Sharīram.10.1.3. Functi<strong>on</strong>The scriptures point out that the body is <strong>on</strong>ly a temporary residence used by theindividual. The gross body is <strong>on</strong>ly a house for a lease. And what is the payment ? Thepayment is in the form of Karma – Punya Pāpa Karma. And as l<strong>on</strong>g as the payment isavailable, the tenement is available and afterwards the notice will come you will have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>vacate.Therefore the body is a temporary residence. In Sanskrit, <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> uses the wordĀyatanam. And residing in the body al<strong>on</strong>e, we do all the transacti<strong>on</strong>s with the world. In factbefore starting the transacti<strong>on</strong>s, we fix up a residence. And remaining there al<strong>on</strong>e, we canoperate.10.1.4. NatureFirstly, the body is of a changing nature. It is subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> modificati<strong>on</strong>. In Sanskrit it iscalled Savikāram. Vikāraha means modificati<strong>on</strong> and Savikāraha means with modificati<strong>on</strong>.Firstly, the change in the gross body is classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> six Shat Vikarāhā:10.1.4.1. Shat Vikarāhā – Six C<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>s- Asti - The first c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> is the potential existence in the womb of the mother. A baby isthere inside- Jāyate - This the next change – or birth- Vardhate - <strong>on</strong>ce the body is born, it starts growing- Viparinamate - Metamorphosing i.e. growth has s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pped but modificati<strong>on</strong> or changesc<strong>on</strong>tinue. After the body has become an adult body, remaining an adult, it undergoesvarious modificati<strong>on</strong>s. To visualise as a graph, the graph initially goes upwards andthereafter it is the same.- Apakshīyate - Decay or ageing, growing old- Nāshaha or Maranam - Death of the body after which we cannot keep the body forl<strong>on</strong>g time.All the above put <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether are called Shat Vikāravat Sharīram.10.1.4.2. VisibilityThe sec<strong>on</strong>d nature of the body is that it is visible for both <strong>on</strong>eself and others. My grossbody I can also tangibly experience and see and my gross body can also be experienced,<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uched and seen. Hence the gross body is evident <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <strong>on</strong>eself and others. In fact that isthe reas<strong>on</strong> it is called gross. Objectively available for all the people.71


10.1.4.3. L<strong>on</strong>gevity<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThe third nature of the body is that it has got a durati<strong>on</strong> of life. One cannot extendbey<strong>on</strong>dIn fact the very word Sharīram means Shīryamāna Svabhāvam - that which is subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>c<strong>on</strong>stant change and decay. Even the word Deha is derived from the root Dih – UpachayaApachaye Dih Dhātuhu – that which is subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> expansi<strong>on</strong> and c<strong>on</strong>tracti<strong>on</strong>.10.2. Sūkshma Sharīram – Subtle BodyThe sec<strong>on</strong>d body is called Sūkshma Sharīram or subtle body. This also has four fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rswhich we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see.10.2.1. MaterialScriptures point out that the subtle body is born out of subtle matter which c<strong>on</strong>sists ofsubtle five elements. Just as there are gross five elements, there are subtle five elementscalled Sūkshma Bhūtāni:- Subtle Space- Subtle Air- Subtle Fire- Subtle Water- Subtle EarthIn general made out of subtle matter and subtle body is also called Bhoutika Sharīram.It is material body and material in nature.10.2.2. Comp<strong>on</strong>entsScriptures point out that the subtle body has got nineteen comp<strong>on</strong>ents. Each <strong>on</strong>e being<strong>on</strong>e instrument of transacti<strong>on</strong>. Because gross body is <strong>on</strong>ly the office, but we requireinstruments for transacti<strong>on</strong> and we have nineteen instruments:10.2.2.1. Pancha Jnāna Indriyāni – Five Sense-organsThese are the five sense organs of knowledge – because all transacti<strong>on</strong>s presupposeknowledge.- Eyes – meant <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gather the knowledge of colours and forms. Rūpa Grāhaka ChakshurIndriyam- Ears – meant <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gather the knowledge of the sounds. Shabda Grāhaka ShtrotraIndriyam- Nose – meant <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gather the knowledge of all forms of smell. Gandha Grāhaka GhrānaIndriyam- T<strong>on</strong>gue – meant <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gather the knowledge of all forms of taste. Rasa Grāhaka Rasana72


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaIndriyam- Skin – meant <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> gather the knowledge of all form varieties of <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>uch. Sparsha GrāhakaTuvag IndriyamThese are the five Jnāna Indriyāni. You should be careful that when we refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> theJnāna Indriyāni or sense organs, we d<strong>on</strong>’t refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the physical part which bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> thephysical body. But we actually refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the subtle power of percepti<strong>on</strong>. The eyeball bel<strong>on</strong>gs<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the physical body but the eye organ bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the subtle body. Similarly the ear lobebel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the gross body but the power of hearing – the Shravana Shakti – bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> thesubtle body.10.2.2.2. Pancha Karma Indriyāni — Five Organs of Acti<strong>on</strong>These are five sense organs of acti<strong>on</strong>. So <strong>on</strong>e is meant for input and receiving thestimuli (the previous <strong>on</strong>e) and <strong>on</strong>e is meant for output or expressing our resp<strong>on</strong>ses (this<strong>on</strong>e).- Organ of speech – Vāg Indriyam. Verbal resp<strong>on</strong>se.- Organ of Hands – Pāni by which we do varieties of acti<strong>on</strong>.- Organ of Legs – Pāda by which we move from place <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> place. Organs of locomoti<strong>on</strong>.There is a beautiful coordinati<strong>on</strong> between Jnāna Indriyam and Karma Indriyam. Theears want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> listen <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the class then immediately the legs bring the body.- Organ of evacuati<strong>on</strong> - Pāyuhu – wastage removing organs.- Organ of Procreati<strong>on</strong> - Upastham – organ of reproducti<strong>on</strong> because of which al<strong>on</strong>e thespecies c<strong>on</strong>tinues as a lineage.10.2.2.3. Pancha Prānāhā – Five-fold Energy-functi<strong>on</strong>sThe fivefold Prānāhā. The energy generating system or fuel-c<strong>on</strong>verting system. If youhave <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> keep <strong>on</strong> acting, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> generate energy c<strong>on</strong>stantly. We have Prāna Shaktibehind the organs of acti<strong>on</strong>. Prāna Shakti lends energy. There are fivefold Prānas wellknown as:- Respira<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry system - Prāna – inhalati<strong>on</strong> and exhalati<strong>on</strong> which al<strong>on</strong>e has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> absorb thePrāna Shakti or oxygen. Then the Carb<strong>on</strong> dioxide has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go out, oxygen has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>lungs, blood has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> absorb and it has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be circulated.- Evacuating system – Apāna – energy behind functi<strong>on</strong>ing of the evacuati<strong>on</strong> system orwaste removal. Any form of removal of waste can be called Apāna.- Circula<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry system - Vyāna – oxygen has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be circulated, the nutriti<strong>on</strong> that isgenerated in the s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mach has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be carried <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> all parts of the body.- Digestive system - Samānaha – this c<strong>on</strong>verts various eaten food in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> various nutri<strong>on</strong>s– carbohydrates, proteins, fats, salts, minerals etc.73


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda- Udānaha – means the reversing system which operates at the time of death generallywhen all the processes are reversed because it is time for dying. Digestive systemweakens, respira<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ry system weakens. Also this reversal functi<strong>on</strong>s during emergency– normally the food has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go down, but if some <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>xic substance is there, then thenormal process of going inside is reversed and things are thrown out.They are the life-giving <strong>on</strong>es and functi<strong>on</strong> behind the Karma Indriyāni giving energy <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the Karma Indriyāni. That is why <strong>on</strong> a fasting, no Karma Indriyam will functi<strong>on</strong> properlybecause you are weakened and hence you cannot walk properly, talk properly etc.That is why we chant the prayerOm Prānāya SvāhāOm Apānāya SvāhāOm Vyānāya SvāhāOm Udānāya SvāhāOm Samānāya Svāhā10.2.2.4. Chatvāri Antaha Karanāni – Fourfold Internal OrgansThese are fourfold internal organs.- Manaha or Mind : stands for all forms of emoti<strong>on</strong>al faculty. Roughly can be translatedas the emoti<strong>on</strong>al faculty and also the doubting faculty. Sankalpa VikalpātmakamManaha – should I do this or should I do that? To be or not <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be.- Buddhihi or intellect : Rati<strong>on</strong>al faculty or judging faculty or the discriminating faculty orthe knowing faculty or the weighing faculty or Reas<strong>on</strong>ing Faculty.- Chittam or Memory : <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> receive or <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> record our experiences in our mind. This recordsall the five of Shabda, Sparsha Rūpa, Rasa and Gandha. According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Shāstram, wecan remember not <strong>on</strong>ly the past of this life but the past of our past lives as well.Without knowing the details sometimes, we feel that something is already known. Amusical prodigy feels that he knows the music already, a spiritual prodigy feels, heknows the scriptures before.- Ahankāra or Ego : the faculty of self-reference. Reflexive faculty which is welldeveloped in a human beings. Animals are not that self-c<strong>on</strong>scious regarding theirstatus or pedigree. Aham Karanam Ahankāra – that which refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> myself is calledAhankāra.These four <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether are called Chatvāri Antaha Karanāni.The above are the comp<strong>on</strong>ents of Sūkshma Sharīram.10.2.3. Functi<strong>on</strong>The functi<strong>on</strong> is transacti<strong>on</strong>s. All forms of transacti<strong>on</strong>s are d<strong>on</strong>e by the SūkshmaSharīram with the help of these 19 instruments. Some instruments are meant for input and74


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandasome for output and some for both (e.g. mouth)10.2.4. NatureThere are two comp<strong>on</strong>ents under the Sūkshma Sharīram’s nature10.2.4.1. ChangeThis is also subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> change. So they improve and sometimes weaken. Eyes becomepoor, memory fails, intellect is dull. So change is <strong>on</strong>e feature and the next feature10.2.4.2. L<strong>on</strong>gevityThis Sūkshma Sharīram has got a l<strong>on</strong>ger life compared <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the gross body. Gross bodylives <strong>on</strong>ly for a maximum of about 100 years, but the subtle body c<strong>on</strong>tinues in the nextjanma as well. Bodies and bodies are changed whereas the mind c<strong>on</strong>tinues. That is whywe are able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> remember or get the benefit of the past Janma because the body haschanged but the Sūkshma Sharīram c<strong>on</strong>tinues. And it goes up<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Pralayam and <strong>on</strong>ly duringPralayam is the Sūkshma Sharīram dismantled.10.2.5. VisibilitySūkshma Sharīram is evident and recognisable <strong>on</strong>ly for <strong>on</strong>eself and it is not availablefor others. What is my mind, I know, what are my feelings I know, but you are not able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>see my mind or know my feelings or my memory. Because it is available <strong>on</strong>ly for me andnot for others, it is called subtle body – not c<strong>on</strong>crete like gross body.10.3. Kārana Sharīram – Causal BodyKārana Sharīram is also called the causal body.10.3.1. MaterialThe material out of which this is made is called causal matter. The subtlest form ofmatter. Technically it is called Avidya. Normally Avidya means ignorance, but in this c<strong>on</strong>textit is different. Sometimes the word Prakritihi or Māyā is also used.10.3.2. Comp<strong>on</strong>entsThe comp<strong>on</strong>ents or Kārana Sharīram are nothing but Sthūla Sharīram and SūkshmaSharīram when they are in subtle or potential form before they were created. HenceKārana Sharīram c<strong>on</strong>sists of Sthūla Sharīram and Sūkshma Sharīram in seed form beforethey were created hence before the originati<strong>on</strong> of the world and before the originati<strong>on</strong> ofcreati<strong>on</strong> or Pralaya Kāle. Sthūla Sharīram was not there them Sūkshma Sharīram was notthere then as it is available now. But Sthūla Sharīram and Sūkshma Sharīram existed inseed form.This is like a tree a few years ago was not available in this form. 20 years ago this tree75


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandawas there but in potential form or unmanifest form. This is because tree cannot comewithout a seed because of law of c<strong>on</strong>servati<strong>on</strong> of matter – matter can never be producedor destroyed. Matter always exists. That being so, before the creati<strong>on</strong> also, SthūlaSharīram and Sūkshma Sharīram must have existed in potential form. That potential formof the two bodies is called Kārana Sharīram.And Kārana Sharīram evolves in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sthūla Sharīram and Sūkshma Sharīram, just as aseed evolves in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> tree.10.3.3. Functi<strong>on</strong>sIt serves are the receptacle or ground or source from which these two bodies arise. Andthe two bodies will ultimately resolve in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Kārana Sharīram. Things come in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>manifestati<strong>on</strong> from unmanifest c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>. Then the manifest, when they are destroyed,they will not disappear as matter can never be destroyed. When destroyed, they actuallygo back <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> unmanifest form. In scientific language, matter destroyed becomes energy.Energy is unmanifest matter. Energy again c<strong>on</strong>denses in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> matter. Stars explode <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>become energy, energy c<strong>on</strong>denses <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> form stars. In the universe, stars are c<strong>on</strong>stantlyformed and destroyed. Stars are c<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> energy and energy is rec<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>matter by the law of inter-c<strong>on</strong>vertibility of matter and energy. In Shāstram it is called interc<strong>on</strong>vertibilityof manifest and un-manifest matter.From causal matter, subtle and gross matter arise. From subtle and gross matter, againcausal matter c<strong>on</strong>versi<strong>on</strong> takes place. Hence the functi<strong>on</strong> is that the causal matter orKārana Sharīram serves as the s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>re house for receiving the two Sharīram and again inthe next Srishti throwing the two Sharīrams.Hence during Srishti out of Kārana Sharīram will arise Sthūla Sharīram and SūkshmaSharīram. During Pralayam out of Sthūla Sharīram and Sūkshma Sharīram will go back <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Kārana Sharīram.10.3.4. NatureKārana Sharīram has got the l<strong>on</strong>gest life compared <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> even Sūkshma Sharīram.Sūkshma Sharīram gets dismantled during Pralayam at least. Pralayam refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> theresoluti<strong>on</strong> of the whole universe. Whereas Kārana Sharīram will not be destroyed evenduring Pralayam. It is supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go away <strong>on</strong>ly at the time of liberati<strong>on</strong>. It has the l<strong>on</strong>gestlife.Sthūla Sharīram is available for all the people. Sūkshma Sharīram is evident for me<strong>on</strong>ly and not for others. Kārana Sharīram is not evident <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> even me and others. It is unevidentand un-decipherable for any<strong>on</strong>e. Hence this is called Nirvikalpa Svarūpam –indistinguishable.Every individual has got Sthūla Sharīram, Sūkshma Sharīram and Kārana Sharīram.76


Friday, 11 April 2008<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda11. Avasthā Trayam and Kosha PanchakamAvasthā Trayam refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the three stages of experience and Kosha Panchakam refers<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the five layers of our pers<strong>on</strong>ality.11.1. Avasthā Trayam – Three States of experienceWe will first start with Avasthā Trayam – the three states of experience. We sill seethree fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs relating <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> each state of experience. By studying the three fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs, we willunderstand what these three states of experience are.- First we will study the c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> of the mind in each state of experience because themind plays a prominent role in each state.- Sec<strong>on</strong>dly we will study the nature of the experience. In each state of experience, whatis the nature of experience.- Finally we will study the dominant medium which is involved or c<strong>on</strong>nected with eachstate of experience.11.1.1. Jāgrat Avasthā – Waking StateThis refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> waking state of experience. Avasthā means a state of experience andJāgrat Avasthā means waking state of experience. Now in this state of experience, first wewill find the c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> of the mind or <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be precise, the internal organs – Antah Karanam11.1.1.1. MindIn the waking state, the mind or the inner organ is fully functi<strong>on</strong>al or operative whichmeans that all faculties are functi<strong>on</strong>ing – the emoti<strong>on</strong>al, rati<strong>on</strong>al, thinking, ego, memoryfaculties are all functi<strong>on</strong>ing and open. This is also called Pūrna Vikāsaha – fully bloomed isthe internal organ. And since all these four faculties are functi<strong>on</strong>al, all these fourexperiences will also be there – emoti<strong>on</strong>s, thinking, discriminati<strong>on</strong>, gathering freshknowledge, gathering fresh experience.11.1.1.2. NatureThe sec<strong>on</strong>d fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> study is the nature of experience in Jāgrat Avasthā. In JāgratAvasthā we experience a world which is external <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> ourselves, our body-mind complex. Itis a Bāhya Prapancha.And since it is an external universe, it is a c<strong>on</strong>crete tangible world of experience. Wecan very clearly tangibly feel it because it is made out of tangible matter. Therefore it isexternal, it is c<strong>on</strong>crete and is available for all other people also.It is a comm<strong>on</strong> public world and hence is an objective experience. We will know thesignificance of each adjective when we compare with dream experience. Here objective77


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandameans – comm<strong>on</strong>ly available for all people.This experience is sense-organ based Indriya Janyam. In Jāgrat Avasthā, I experiencethe world with the help of the sense organs in the from of Shabda, Sparsha, Rūpa, Rasaand Gandha and the c<strong>on</strong>sequent pleasure and pain and other resp<strong>on</strong>ses.So the four adjectives <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be remembered are:- External,- C<strong>on</strong>crete,- Objective and- Sense Organ-… based experience. This experience involves both ways of transacti<strong>on</strong>. Thetransacti<strong>on</strong> involves receiving experience - Bhoga Pradhāna - and it involves resp<strong>on</strong>ding<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the world. I functi<strong>on</strong> both as a Bhokta as well as a Kartā – receiver and c<strong>on</strong>tribu<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r.In Shāstram it is called Bhoga Bhūmi and Karma Bhūmi.11.1.1.3. MediumThe dominant medium involved in the waking state. To experience the waking state, weare making use of the sense organs. This is a sense-organ based experience. And, <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> usethe sense organs, we require a physical body because every sense organ has a physicallocati<strong>on</strong>.In the Shāstram, the physical locati<strong>on</strong> is called Golakam. Every Indriyam requires aGolakam, the physical part. The eye sense-organ requires the eye Golakam the physicalpart, the ear sense-organ require the ear Golakam. The sense-organ bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> SūkshmaSharīram and the Golakam bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Sthūla Sharīram. Thus the sense organs whichbel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sūkshma Sharīram require the physical body which has got the physical locati<strong>on</strong>or Golakam.Sense organs require Golakam. Golakams require the physical body. Therefore senseorgans require the physical body for functi<strong>on</strong>ing. Since the Jāgrat Avasthā is sense organbased, Jāgrat Avasthā is heavily physical body oriented. Therefore we say, Jāgrat Avasthāis Sthūla Sharīram Pradhāna Avasthā. Because I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see an external world or seeingan external world I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> operate sense organs, <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> operate sense organs I require thebody. Therefore without the physical body, the physical universe cannot be experienced.11.1.2. Svapna Avasthā – Dream StateThis is also called the Dream state of experience. In Sanskrit it is called SvapnaAvasthā. And with regard <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Svapna Avasthā also, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see the three fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs.11.1.2.1. MindDuring Svapna or dream, our memory faculty al<strong>on</strong>e is functi<strong>on</strong>ing. Whateverexperiences we have been gathering in the Jāgrat Avasthā, they all get registered in the78


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandamemory-slab of the mind. In Jāgrat Avasthā, the mind is similar <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a recorder of Shabda,Sparsha, Rūpa, Rasa and Gandha. Not <strong>on</strong>ly can it register the physical world, but also theemoti<strong>on</strong>s like sorrow and happiness are registered. That part of the mind is called Chittamfaculty. And whatever is registered is thrown out again and functi<strong>on</strong>s as a Video CassettePlayer. Therefore whatever emoti<strong>on</strong>s we experience in dream, are not freshly receivedemoti<strong>on</strong>s but are <strong>on</strong>ly replaying the recorded emoti<strong>on</strong>s. Therefore everything that happensin dream is <strong>on</strong>ly from memory. Therefore the other faculties are not functi<strong>on</strong>ing:- The Manaha or emoti<strong>on</strong>al faculty for gathering fresh emoti<strong>on</strong>s- rati<strong>on</strong>al faculty does not functi<strong>on</strong>- Ego faculty does not functi<strong>on</strong>. Even the Ego experienced in the dream is the memoryegoand the fresh ego is not functi<strong>on</strong>ing.Therefore the c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> of the mind during dream is: partially functi<strong>on</strong>ing mind. Of thefour faculties, <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e faculty is functi<strong>on</strong>ing and this being Chittam or memory. HenceSvapna Avasthā is also called Ardha Vikāsaha.11.1.2.2. NatureIn dream, we experience a world which is internal. Because this world is generated ou<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>f my own pers<strong>on</strong>al private memory and therefore it is not something existing outside,there is no c<strong>on</strong>necti<strong>on</strong> between the dream objects that I have and the surroundings that Ihave. I may be sleeping in a place but my dreams may be c<strong>on</strong>nected <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> another place.Therefore it is an internal world.Sec<strong>on</strong>dly since it is an internal world, made out of our own memory, we called it VasanaMāyā Prapanchaha. It is made out of our memories or thoughts. Hence they are notc<strong>on</strong>crete or are abstract. The external world is Bhautika Prapanchaha and thereforec<strong>on</strong>crete. Internal world is Vāsanā Maya Prapanchaha and therefore abstract. Thoughtsare not tangible and therefore thought-generated object is also not tangible.In dreams the world available for me is not accessible <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> other people. This is asubjective universe.It is not perceived with sense organs – not a sense organ based universe. This is amemory based universe or Vāsanā Janyam. Hence whatever we experience in dream isbased <strong>on</strong> our experience in waking <strong>on</strong>ly. Whatever we can see through the VCP is <strong>on</strong>lywhat has been recorded by a VCR. If you collect experiences in Jāgrat Avasthā, in SvapnaAvasthā, you recollect the experiences. You cannot recollect when you have not collectedin first place. Therefore every Svapna experience is based <strong>on</strong> Jāgrat Avasthā.Sometimes we may get a doubt – sometimes I experience a rare dream that I have notexperienced in the waking state. If you say so, there are <strong>on</strong>ly a few possibilities:- One is you create a new dream by combining various things experienced in the JāgratAvasthā. New objects cannot be created. This is because objects are memory-based79


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaor thought-based, and thought being highly fluid the objects are highly fluid in Svapna– Avyaktam Padārthaha. Therefore since they all get jumbled up, we get mixed dreams.- Sometimes whatever we imagine in the Jāgrat Avasthā, they get registered and theycan be thrown out. Whatever is fantasised or imagined or read in books or seen inmovies leading <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> imaginati<strong>on</strong>, they all can come in Svapna.- Sometimes even if I have not experienced in this Janma , according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our Shāstram,the experience of the previous Janma also can come. Because between the previousJanma and this Janma, the physical body al<strong>on</strong>e is difference – the subtle bodyc<strong>on</strong>tinues. Therefore sometimes it is said, that children without any reas<strong>on</strong> suddenlylaugh or suddenly cry. And this is generally attributed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> previous Janma memories.The present Janma memories have not yet started str<strong>on</strong>gly forming – hence PūrvaJanma Smaranam comes they say. This cannot be verified.- Suppose a pers<strong>on</strong> says that he gets experiences which are c<strong>on</strong>nected <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the future –prem<strong>on</strong>iti<strong>on</strong> or ESP-type of experience relating <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the future event. You cannot say it isa past experience. Therefore it cannot be Vāsanā-based, it cannot be memory-basedwhich require past experiences. We say, by definiti<strong>on</strong> they are not Svapnāhā –Svapnāhā experiences are purely memory-based. If a pers<strong>on</strong> sees future events, it is<strong>on</strong>ly a unique faculty of the mind which we have not developed, because comingevents cast their shadows before. Any event is already there in potential form. When itis potential, it is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>o subtle for us <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand. But if the mind is sensitised enough,as we have in the Purānās Trikāa Jnānis, the mind has got this unique faculty. TheYogic people deliberately develop this faculty. But in our case, it sometimes happensas a freak experience.11.1.2.3. MediumSince Svapna is memory-based and memories bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Chittam and Chittambel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sūkshma Sharīram, Svapna is predominantly Sūkshma Sharīram based.Hence it is called Sūkshma Sharīram Pradhāna Avasthā Svapna Avasthā.11.1.3. Sushupti Avasthā – Dreamless SleepThe third state is the state of sleep. Sometimes this is translated as Deep Sleep <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>indicate a dreamless sleep. In Sanskrit we call this Sushupti Avasthā.11.1.3.1. MindUnlike Jāgrat Avasthā and Svapna where the mind was Pūrna Vikāsaha and ArdhaVikāsaha [fully functi<strong>on</strong>al and half-functi<strong>on</strong>al] respectively, in Sushupti Avasthā the mind isfully n<strong>on</strong>-functi<strong>on</strong>al and almost zero functi<strong>on</strong>al. That is why since emoti<strong>on</strong>al faculty is notthere in sleep, emoti<strong>on</strong>s are not there, since rati<strong>on</strong>al faculty is not there, no knowledge,and since memory faculty is not functi<strong>on</strong>ing, no memory, and since Ego faculty is notfuncti<strong>on</strong>ing, there is not even the sense of I am sleeping. All these are dormant.80


11.1.3.2. Nature<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSince sense-organs are not functi<strong>on</strong>ing, the external world is not there.Since memories are not functi<strong>on</strong>ing, internal world is not there.Therefore there is neither external c<strong>on</strong>crete objective world nor internal abstractsubjective world. Therefore it is an experience of blankness. We call it as AjnānaAnubhavaha – state of <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal ignorance or blackout or blankness. This is the nature of theexperience.11.1.3.3. MediumThe dominant medium is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be seen now.Sthūla Sharīram is not dominantly functi<strong>on</strong>ing because sense organs are notfuncti<strong>on</strong>ing.Sūkshma Sharīram is not dominantly functi<strong>on</strong>ing because memories are not thrown out.Therefore what is dominant is the Kārana Sharīram Pradhāna Avasthā. A state in whichKārana Sharīram is dominant when Sthūla Sharīram and Sūkshma Sharīram are asthough resolved because they are not functi<strong>on</strong>al. Whatever is not functi<strong>on</strong>ing is as good asresolved.During Kārana Sharīram Pradhāna Avasthā, all our internal and external experiencesremain in dormant c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> and from that al<strong>on</strong>e they will come back the next day.Hence <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> summarise, when I am associated with Jāgrat Avasthā, I am called the Waker.When associated with Svapna Avasthā, I am called Dreamer. When associated withSushupti Avasthā I am called a sleeper. In Shāstram, three words are used:- Vishva is the name of the waker. Vishva means fully as the mind is fully functi<strong>on</strong>al.- Taijasaha – Internally illumined pers<strong>on</strong> or the dreamer- Prājnaha - sleeper or blissfully ignorant pers<strong>on</strong>. Prakarshena Ajnaha PrājnahaThe above was Avasthā Trayam11.2. Kosha Panchakam – Five LayersNow we will see the fivefold pers<strong>on</strong>ality layers. This Kosha Panchakam is the divisi<strong>on</strong> ofSharīra Trayam itself in another manner. The three bodies which we discussed in SharīraTrayam, the same three bodies are divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> five layers. The pers<strong>on</strong>ality is the same butbut the angle of divisi<strong>on</strong> varies. When you divide in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three bodies, it is based <strong>on</strong> thematter:- Sthūla Sharīram is made out of raw matter- Sūkshma Sharīram is made out of subtle matter- Kārana Sharīram is made out of causal matter.Matter-based divisi<strong>on</strong> is Sharīra Trayam.This texture-based classificati<strong>on</strong> is Sharīra Trayam.81


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaBut the very same three are divided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> five, based <strong>on</strong> functi<strong>on</strong>s. Functi<strong>on</strong>al divisi<strong>on</strong> isKosha Panchakam. In this, Sthūla Sharīram is seen as <strong>on</strong>e particular Kosha calledAnnamaya Kosha. The physical body is termed Annamaya Kosha. Kārana Sharīram iscalled Ānandamaya Kosha and also has not got sub-divisi<strong>on</strong>s.The middle Sharīram, the Sūkshma Sharīram al<strong>on</strong>e is subdivided in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three Koshasknown as:- Prānamaya Kosha- Manomaya Kosha- Vijnānamaya Kosha11.2.1. Annamaya Kosha – Food layer (Ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mical system)Annamaya Kosha or the Sthūla Sharīram can be termed as our ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mical system. Theana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my of the body is called Annamaya Kosha. The structure of the body, the organs ofthe physical part, the limbs of the body is called Annamaya Kosha. It is so called becauseit is born out of and nourished out of the essence of Annam or food.11.2.2. Prānamaya Kosha – Energy layer (Physiological system)This corresp<strong>on</strong>ds <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the physiological system. This means the functi<strong>on</strong>s of the ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my.Ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the various parts of the body. Physiology deals with the functi<strong>on</strong>s. SoPrānamaya Kosha refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the functi<strong>on</strong>s. That is why at the time of death, the SūkshmaSharīram is supposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> leave the body, which means that three Koshas leave the body.These are:- Prānamaya Kosha- Manomaya Kosha- Vijnānamaya Kosha...and these leave the body. Since the Prānamaya Kosha has left the body, thephysiological systems are not there while the ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my is there. Hence organtransplantati<strong>on</strong> is possible. Ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sthūla Sharīram and it remains even afterdeath. Physical bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sūkshma Sharīram or Prānamaya Kosha and therefore itdisappears after death. This Prānamaya Kosha is otherwise called Kriyā Shaktihi andc<strong>on</strong>sists of ten organs of Sūkshma Sharīram or Prānamaya Kosha.Those ten organs are:- Pancha Prānāhā : giving energy- Pancha Karma Indriyāni : giving the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ols.Hence Energy + Tools = Kriyā Shaktihi.11.2.3. Manomaya Kosha – Mind layer (Psychological functi<strong>on</strong>)Can be termed as the psychological functi<strong>on</strong>. All the emoti<strong>on</strong>s, doubts is ManomayaKosha or psychological pers<strong>on</strong>ality or Iccha Shakti. Kriyā Shakti is preceded by Iccha82


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaShakti because desire al<strong>on</strong>e prompts a pers<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore Manomaya Koshapushes Prānamaya Kosha in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acti<strong>on</strong>. This psychological pers<strong>on</strong>ality otherwise calledManomaya Kosha c<strong>on</strong>sists of six organs.The six organs include:- Pancha Jnāna Indriyāni or Five sense organs of knowledge- Mind or Manaha which includes Chittam and Ahankāra11.2.4. Vijnānamaya Kosha – Intellect layer (Knowing pers<strong>on</strong>ality)It is the cognitive pers<strong>on</strong>ality or the knowing pers<strong>on</strong>ality. While Manomaya Koshacorresp<strong>on</strong>ds <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> emoti<strong>on</strong>s or Iccha Shakti, this Vijnānamaya Kosha refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> knowingpers<strong>on</strong>ality or Jnāna Shaktihi – cognitive pers<strong>on</strong>ality or judging pers<strong>on</strong>ality or weighingpers<strong>on</strong>ality.In other words, Vijnānamaya Kosha knows, Manomaya Kosha desires and PrānamayaKosha acts. Jānāti, Icchati Yatate.E.g. during the music seas<strong>on</strong>, we read the newspaper <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see which all Sabhās havewith Kutcheris. Now Vijnānamaya Kosha is functi<strong>on</strong>ing. Then you have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make yourchoice and decide <strong>on</strong> something. This is Manomaya Kosha. Prānamaya Kosha will thenact in taking you <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Sabhā.This also c<strong>on</strong>sist of six organs which are:- Pancha Jnāna Indriyāni or Five sense organs of knowledge- Buddhihi or intellect or rati<strong>on</strong>al faculty. This includes Chittam and AhankāraIncidentally, the emoti<strong>on</strong>al faculty, rati<strong>on</strong>al faculty etc are not different organs. Theinternal organ is <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e. It gets different names based <strong>on</strong> the relevant functi<strong>on</strong>.- When it is the thinking functi<strong>on</strong>, it is called Buddhihi- When it is the emoti<strong>on</strong>al functi<strong>on</strong>, it is called Manaha- When it is memory functi<strong>on</strong> it is called ChittamHence Mano Buddhihi Chitta Ahankāra are not names for separate organs but <strong>on</strong>eorgan named in four ways. This is the functi<strong>on</strong>al divisi<strong>on</strong> of Sūkshma Sharīram.11.2.5. Ānandamaya Kosha – Bliss layer (Causal body / “The Unc<strong>on</strong>scious”)This corresp<strong>on</strong>ds <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Kārana Sharīram. This can be equated <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our unc<strong>on</strong>sciouspers<strong>on</strong>ality or “The Unc<strong>on</strong>scious” in psychology. So whatever emoti<strong>on</strong>s are dominant, ourbehaviour, our pers<strong>on</strong>ality are all dormant in us and expressed at appropriate time. This iscalled unc<strong>on</strong>scious or dormant pers<strong>on</strong>ality.Sometimes if we face a traumatic experience and the ego is not ready <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> face it thenBhagavān should make some arrangements like fusing – when the system is not ready <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>take the full current. Similarly in extraordinary physical pain also, when the body cannottake the pain, you get a situati<strong>on</strong> when you d<strong>on</strong>’t feel any pain. This is physiological fusing.83


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSimilarly we require a psychological fuse also at certain times when we are not ready <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>stand certain experience.When we cannot stand, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> throw out by either expressing it verbally orphysically – either by crying or shouting. If due <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> circumstances <strong>on</strong>e is not able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> cry orshout or talk, then all those emoti<strong>on</strong>s which could not be handled by the ego, they are allput inside in the unc<strong>on</strong>scious. You will find that at any time it is c<strong>on</strong>ducive, that comes out.That is why you cry for no reas<strong>on</strong> or get angry for no reas<strong>on</strong>. All bolted up emoti<strong>on</strong>s aregetting released at that time. All such emoti<strong>on</strong>s and all such behaviour bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>unc<strong>on</strong>scious.The play of unc<strong>on</strong>scious can be easily unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od. When the resp<strong>on</strong>se and the externalsituati<strong>on</strong>s d<strong>on</strong>’t tally e.g. for a small mistake a pers<strong>on</strong> flares. Small experiences are <strong>on</strong>ly atrigger for the inner <strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manifest and that is called unc<strong>on</strong>scious and hence calledKārana Sharīram. It is Ānandamaya Kosha because being in the unc<strong>on</strong>scious, it isunknown. And being unknown you are blissfully ignorant.In Kārana Sharīram or in Sushupti also, you do not feel any pain.These are the five layers of the pers<strong>on</strong>ality which are called Kosha Panchakam.Saturday, 12 April 200812. ĀtmāTill now we dealt with the following from <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>:- Sādhana Chatushtayam – Fourfold qualificati<strong>on</strong>- Sharīra Trayam – Threefold body- Avasthā Trayam – Threefold states of experience- Pancha Koshaha – Fivefold pers<strong>on</strong>ality layers of an individualWe also saw that Sharīra Trayam and Kosha Panchakam both refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the samepers<strong>on</strong>ality al<strong>on</strong>e. The Sharīra Trayam itself looked from another angle is called KoshaPanchakam and are practically <strong>on</strong>e and the same.We will now go <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the next and important <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> namely Ātmā. Translatedin English as Self or Soul. We will however maintain the usage of <strong>on</strong>ly Ātmā or Ātmān.From the previous <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics, we come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know that all the three bodies, Sharīra Trayam,are made up of matter. The gross body is made of gross elements – Pancha Bhūtāni – andsince all the five elements are matter <strong>on</strong>ly, the gross body is made up of matter and henceis material in nature. Material meaning a product of matter. In Sanskrit we can translatematter as Bhūtam and material as Bhautikam. The Sthūla Sharīram is Pāncha Bhautikammaterial in nature.Similarly we saw the Sūkshma Sharīram or subtle body that is also made up of fivesubtle elements, <strong>on</strong>ly difference being that Sūkshma Sharīram is made out of subtle84


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaelements but that is also Pāncha Bhautikam and therefore material in nature. So grossbody is material and subtle body is also material.Also the causal body is the subtlest form of matter <strong>on</strong>ly because causal body is <strong>on</strong>ly theseed form of gross and subtle bodies. So before the gross and subtle bodies aregenerated, they should exist in potential form by law of c<strong>on</strong>servati<strong>on</strong> of matter and energy.Therefore before Srishti the gross and subtle body must have existed in potential form.That potential gross and subtle body is called causal body. Therefore that causal bodymust also be potential matter. Therefore Kārana Sharīram is also material.What we arrive at is that Sharīra Trayam is material in nature. In Sanskrit matter is calledJadam. And <strong>on</strong>ce we understand that the three Sharīrams are Jadams, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> derivecertain important corollaries.Firstly, any matter or material is inert in nature. According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> Shāstram, thedefiniti<strong>on</strong> of inertness is that which does not have c<strong>on</strong>sciousness and that which cannotproduce c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. In Sanskrit we say we say it is neither Chaitanya Gunakam norChaitanya Janakam – does not have c<strong>on</strong>sciousness of its own and it cannot produce orgenerate c<strong>on</strong>sciousness also respectively. Since Sharīra Trayam is Jadam, material innature, it does not have c<strong>on</strong>sciousness and does not produce c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. Thereforeaccording <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Shāstram, all the three Sharīram by their intrinsic nature are inert, n<strong>on</strong>c<strong>on</strong>sciousness,insentient in nature. This means that not <strong>on</strong>ly the body is inert andinsentient, according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Shāstram, the mind also being part of Sūkshma Sharīram is alsoinert matter and therefore insentient. So according <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>, mind does not have its ownc<strong>on</strong>sciousness and mind cannot produce c<strong>on</strong>sciousness also. Same with KāranaSharīram also. So all the three bodies are intrinsically insentient. So Kasmāt [why]?Bhautikatvāt [because they are composed of elements]. So Sharīra Trayam JadamBhautikatvāt Ghatavat [three bodies are insentient because of their material nature]. Thisis the corollary we get from the study of the three bodies.Even if this is the logical corollary, we find our experience is otherwise. Even though thethree bodies must be insentient logically, I experience the three bodies as sentient <strong>on</strong>es –Chetana Sthūla Sharīram – I experience the body as a c<strong>on</strong>scious body, c<strong>on</strong>scious of thesurroundings. Similarly I experience the mind as very much sentient. In short SharīraTrayam is experienced as sentient <strong>on</strong>e.But logically Sharīra Trayam must be insentient <strong>on</strong>e. How do we rec<strong>on</strong>cile this ?Logically Sharīra Trayam is insentient. By experience Sharīra Trayam is sentient. VedāntaShāstram says this is possible. Suppose we know that a pers<strong>on</strong> is extremely poor butcomes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a functi<strong>on</strong> with lot of ornaments. What is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be inferred ? If he does not have hisown and if he is still wearing them, the ornaments must be borrowed <strong>on</strong>es. A pers<strong>on</strong> isnaturally ugly but now looks beautiful. This is possible through made up beauty or makeup.So very simply, in the same way Shāstram point out Sharīra Trayam does not haveSvābhāvika Chaitanyam. It does not have natural c<strong>on</strong>sciousness and therefore they haveĀgantuka Chaitanyam or borrowed c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.85


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaWith borrowed c<strong>on</strong>sciousness these three Sharīram are strutting like a peacock veryproudly otherwise, there is no difference between a statue and our physical body. From theShāstram angle we say Pancha Bhūtāni [five elements], from a scientific angle we sayBody is made up of Chemical. How come that bundle of chemical is inert and this bundleof chemical is sentient. The <strong>on</strong>ly reas<strong>on</strong> is that these enjoy borrowed c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.To recapitulate, the stages of development are as follows :Firstly we said Sharīra Trayam Bhautikam [made of elements].Therefore Sharīra Trayam Jadam [insentient].And they appear as though sentient and therefore Sharīra Trayam has borrowedc<strong>on</strong>sciousness.If Sharīra Trayam has borrowed c<strong>on</strong>sciousness, borrowing is possible <strong>on</strong>ly when thereis a lender. We require a c<strong>on</strong>sciousness which has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> lend c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. And this lenderof c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is the fourth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r in human pers<strong>on</strong>ality. The other three being- Sthūla Sharīram- Sūkshma Sharīram- Kārana SharīramSthūla Sūkshma Kārana Sharīrat Vyatiriktaha [distinct] – other than these three there isa fourth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r which is the lender of c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.What is that fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r ? Who is the lender of that c<strong>on</strong>sciousness ? Enter Ātmā.12.1. Fourth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r in human pers<strong>on</strong>alityĀtmā is the fourth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r in human pers<strong>on</strong>ality which is the lender of c<strong>on</strong>sciousness <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the first three fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs – Sharīra Trayam. Therefore we can say Ātmā makes SharīraTrayam aglow with c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. Ātmā makes Sharīra Trayam alive with c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.Ātmā makes Sharīra Trayam sentient with c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.The nearest comparis<strong>on</strong> is that just as electricity makes the bulb aglow with light orbrilliance. We know that the bulb cannot glow by itself. The filament cannot glow by itself.Therefore other than the bulb and filament, there is another principle called electricitywhich makes the filament glow first, and through the filament it makes the bulb alsobrilliant. But the <strong>on</strong>ly thing is that the electricity part is invisible, the glowing filament andbulb al<strong>on</strong>e are visible. Thus the visible bulb and filament are made glowing because of theinvisible electricity “blessing” the bulb.What is the nature of this Ātmā ?12.2. The blessing principleIn Kenopanishad, Ātmā is called Devaha. We will see the important features of theĀtmā.86


12.2.1. Ātmā Chaitanya Svarūpaha<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaĀtmā is of the nature of c<strong>on</strong>sciousness itself. It is a n<strong>on</strong>-material principle. We say sobecause if Ātmā is also another matter, like the Sharīra Trayam, then Ātmā also will beJadam and Ātmā will have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> borrow c<strong>on</strong>sciousness from another principle. This will benever ending. So the original lender must be a n<strong>on</strong>-borrower. A borrowing lender is not theoriginal lender.Ātmā being the original lender, Ātmā should not be borrowing c<strong>on</strong>sciousness fromelsewhere. This means that Ātmā must be n<strong>on</strong>-material in nature. In English they use theword Spirit as opposed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> matter. Ātmā is said <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be spiritual in nature.Hence the first feature of Ātmā is that it is the n<strong>on</strong>-material principle, spiritual principle ofthe nature of c<strong>on</strong>sciousness – Chaitanya Svarūpaha or Chit Rūpaha.12.2.2. Ātmā Svatantraha – IndependentĀtmā is Svatantraha. It is an independent principle because it is of the nature ofc<strong>on</strong>sciousness which is not dependant <strong>on</strong> matter for its producti<strong>on</strong> or existence.C<strong>on</strong>sciousness does not depend <strong>on</strong> matter for its existence as well as producti<strong>on</strong>.Previously we said, matter does not have c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. If matter has c<strong>on</strong>sciousnessthen c<strong>on</strong>sciousness will depend <strong>on</strong> matter. If matter produces c<strong>on</strong>sciousness then alsoc<strong>on</strong>sciousness will depend <strong>on</strong> matter. Since c<strong>on</strong>sciousness does not bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> matter andis not produced by matter, c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is an independent entity and does not depend<strong>on</strong> matter either for producti<strong>on</strong> or existence. This is the independent principle.12.2.3. Ātmā Nirgunaha – N<strong>on</strong>-materialSince Ātmā is n<strong>on</strong>-material in nature, it does not have any of the attributes bel<strong>on</strong>ging <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>matter. In fact whatever attributes we know, are all material attributes either perceiveddirectly by our eyes or various instruments. All attributes we know bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> matter.Shabda, Sparsha, Rūpa, Rasa and Gandha bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the five elements of Ākāshaha,Vāyuhu, Agni, Āpaha and Prithivi and the five elementals i.e. their products.Ātmā is free from all these attributes. Ātmā is therefore Nirgunaha – attribute-less andproperty-free.12.2.4. Ātmā Nityaha – Ever-existentSince Ātmā does not depend <strong>on</strong> matter or Sharīra Trayam for its existence orproducti<strong>on</strong>, even when matter perishes or collapses, Ātmā the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness principlec<strong>on</strong>tinues <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> survive. Just as the electricity c<strong>on</strong>tinues <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> survive even after the filament isdestroyed, electricity is there. You do not feel the glow of the bulb and this is not becauseelectricity is not there, but the bulb or filament is g<strong>on</strong>e. N<strong>on</strong>-manifestati<strong>on</strong> of electricity inthe form of light is not n<strong>on</strong>-existence of electricity.Even when the material Sharīra Trayam collapse, Ātmā the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness principle87


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandac<strong>on</strong>tinues <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> survive. Therefore Ātmā is Nityaha. In a scientific language, the scientistspoint out that the universe is four dimensi<strong>on</strong>al. Three are spatial dimensi<strong>on</strong>s. The fourth<strong>on</strong>e is called Time dimensi<strong>on</strong>. Form this we come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know that time is the property or thefourth dimensi<strong>on</strong> of the material universe and c<strong>on</strong>sciousness being n<strong>on</strong>-material, it doesnot have the property of time also. It is bey<strong>on</strong>d time and is unc<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ed by time –unlocatable time wise.In simple language, Nityaha [eternal] or Kāla Atītaha. [bey<strong>on</strong>d time]12.2.5. Ātmā Sarvagataha – BoundlessTime and space are closely interc<strong>on</strong>nected. Therefore Ātmā is not bound by time. It isinvariably not restrained by, not c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ed by, not circumscribed by space also.Therefore Sarvagataha. It is not located in the Sharīra Trayam. It is behind Sharīra Trayamalso. Just as the electricity is not <strong>on</strong>ly behind the small bulb, in fact <strong>on</strong>e electricity is behindall the bulbs. It is there in between as well but we d<strong>on</strong>’t see because there is no bulb.Similarly, Ātmā Sarvagataha or Sarvavyāpi and it is behind all the Sharīra Trayams.So bodies are many and of different shapes (like small or big bulb). So we have a smallSharīra Trayam e.g. of an ant as well as a big <strong>on</strong>e as that of an elephant and behind all ofthese, there is an Ātmā. Therefore Ātmā Sarvagataha.12.2.6. Ātmā Ekaha – OneIf Ātmā is <strong>on</strong>e c<strong>on</strong>sciousness principle behind all the bodies, Ātmā has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>eeven though bodies are many. Ātmā Ekaha. Ātmā Advaitaha. Ātmā Advitīyaha – n<strong>on</strong>-dual.So this Ātmā is the fourth fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r in the pers<strong>on</strong>ality of every individual.Interestingly enough a lot of scientific study is going <strong>on</strong> the field of c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.Some scientists have made statements very close <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedāntik teaching.12.3. Ātmā Anātmā Vivekaha – Discerning Atma from AnatmaSince this n<strong>on</strong>-material c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is called Ātmā, the material Sharīra Trayam iscalled Anātmā. The first step in Vedāntik study is Ātmā Anātmā Vivekaha. Understandingthat there are three fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs within Anātmā range and <strong>on</strong>e fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r known as Ātmā and I theindividual am a mixture of the material Anātmā and n<strong>on</strong>-material Ātmā. Time-space-boundAnātmā and time-space-bey<strong>on</strong>d Ātmā.Learning this is the first less<strong>on</strong> of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>. For further appreciati<strong>on</strong> of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>, we have<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> go through some exercise or discipline or Sādhanā for going further in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the teaching.The word Ātmā literally means Self. Self means I. Naturally the word Anātmā means n<strong>on</strong>self.By using this expressi<strong>on</strong> Ātmā and Anātmā, what the scriptures want us <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> do is that weshould train ourselves <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> claim the Ātmā as myself. Also the Upanishads teach us that weshould gradually train <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> renounce our identificati<strong>on</strong> with the material perishable incidental88


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaAnātmā aspect. So discipline dis-identify from Anātmā and learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> identify with Ātmā. InSanskrit Anātma Abhimāna Tyāgaha [abstenti<strong>on</strong> from thinking you are anatma,] ĀtmāAbhimāna Nishthā [always thinking you are Atma].So this is a new training <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be practised by Vedāntik seeker. In fact, all VedāntikSādhanāni are meant for this switchover of identificati<strong>on</strong>. If somebody asks for your biodata,we give date of birth, graduati<strong>on</strong> etc - in fact our entire bio-data is Sharīra Trayamoriented bio-data. And keep this bio-data for worldly transacti<strong>on</strong>s but within yourself, atransformati<strong>on</strong> should take place. This transformati<strong>on</strong> is that the regular bio-data is for thesake of the world and my real bio-data is :Aham Chaitanya Svarūpaha – I am C<strong>on</strong>sciousnes itselfAham Svatantraha – Im am independentAham Nirgunaha – I am n<strong>on</strong>-material [guna-less]Aham Nityaha – I am ever-existentAham Sarvagataha – I am boundlessAham Ekaha – I am <strong>on</strong>eSo this claiming of my real bio-data is claiming my birthright and I should learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> claim.And <strong>on</strong>ly as I claim this, further Vedāntik teaching will penetrate. This is the first less<strong>on</strong>.The next questi<strong>on</strong> is – How can I train myself for that ? For this training, the scripturesgive a method or Upāyaha. An Upāyaha is given for assisting this training which is calledDrik Drishya Viveka. This is the methodology of training the mind <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> disown or disclaim thematerial Anātmā. You can use the material Anātmā but claim the n<strong>on</strong>-material Ātmā.We d<strong>on</strong>’t say you should not own the scooter, but you should not say I am the scooter.This method involves applicati<strong>on</strong> of two important fundamental laws of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>.12.3.1. Fundamental Law – 1I am different from whatever I experience.Whatever I experience is the experienced object. I the experiencer am the subject andtherefore I the experiencer-subject am different from whatever is the experience object. Iexperience a fan but am not the fan. I experience the entire world and I am not that.Extending this principle, if the world that I experience is not me, I experience my bodyand I experience my mind and therefore the body mind also are the object of myexperience. Therefore I am the experiencer of Sharīra Trayam. Sharīra Trayam is theobject of my experience and I am the subject behind the experienced object. I am ever theobserver and never the observed.12.3.2. Fundamental Law – 2I the experiencer am free from the attributes of the experienced objects.And in fact all the attributes I experience bel<strong>on</strong>g either <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the experienced world, theexperienced body or the experienced mind. Therefore all known attributes bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>89


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaknown material Anātmā. I am the knower of the attributes and therefore free from all theseknown attributes.Mano Buddhyahankāra Chittāni NāhamNa Cha Shrotra Jihve Na Cha Ghrāna NetreNa Cha Vyoma Bhūmir Na Tejo Na VāyuhuChidānanda Rūpaha Shivoham ShivohamI am not the mind, nor the intellect, neither the ego nor the subc<strong>on</strong>sciousI am also not the ear, not the nose, not the eyeI am neither the ether nor the earth, neither the fire nor the airI am the form of pure bliss, I am Universal C<strong>on</strong>sciousnessThus by applying these two laws, I am different from whatever I experience, I am freefrom the attributes of the objects that I experience.Therefore I am the following- Chaitanya Svarūpaha – C<strong>on</strong>sciousness itself- Svatantraha – Independent- Nirgunaha – N<strong>on</strong>-material- Nityaha – Ever-existent- Sarvagataha – Boundless- Ekaha – One…Ātmā Asmi – I am AtmaM<strong>on</strong>day, 14 April 200813. Creati<strong>on</strong>All the studies that we did till now, whether Sharīra Trayam or Avasthā Trayam are allassociated with the individual or microcosm. In Sanskrit we use the word Vyashti. Todaywe are going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the next <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic through which we are entering Samashti or macrocosm. The<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic is Srishtihi or creati<strong>on</strong> or cosmology.How does the cosmos or creati<strong>on</strong> come about and what was there exactly beforecreati<strong>on</strong> came ?First before understanding the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic of creati<strong>on</strong>, we should clearly know that the veryword creati<strong>on</strong> is a misnomer. In fact that very word being a misnomer can create a lot ofc<strong>on</strong>fusi<strong>on</strong>. Creati<strong>on</strong> creates c<strong>on</strong>fusi<strong>on</strong>. Why do we say Creati<strong>on</strong> is a misnomer ? That isbecause nothing can be created. By the very law of c<strong>on</strong>servati<strong>on</strong> of matter and energywhich was accepted l<strong>on</strong>g before modern science came. In the Sānkhyā Satkārya Vāda,the Sānkhyā philosophers discussed the law of c<strong>on</strong>servati<strong>on</strong> of matter and evergy. InMāndūkya Kārika, it is beautifully presented that nothing can be created. And extendingthe same principle, nothing can be destroyed.90


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThen if at all we use the word Creati<strong>on</strong>, it <strong>on</strong>ly refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the manifestati<strong>on</strong> of somethingwhich was potentially un-manifestly existent. So what is un-manifestly, potentially existentin dormant form, that can come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manifestati<strong>on</strong>.13.1. Manifest Vs UnmanifestWhat is meant by the words manifest and unmanifest? The word unmanifest, we meanPramānam Agocharam. Unmanifest is that which is existent but is not available forpercepti<strong>on</strong> or transacti<strong>on</strong> like the butter in the milk. Butter is there in the milk, but wecannot see it in the milk. But we know that milk has butter. So what can we say aboutbutter being existent or not ? It is existent technically but for all practically purposes, sinceit is neither available for percepti<strong>on</strong> nor available for transacti<strong>on</strong>, we assume that butter isn<strong>on</strong>-existent. But we know butter is there.We can extend this <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> everything in the creati<strong>on</strong>. Nothing in the creati<strong>on</strong> is n<strong>on</strong>-existent.It was existent in potential manner. Later it becomes manifest, which means available fortransacti<strong>on</strong>. Our scriptures point out, before the originati<strong>on</strong> of this cosmos, it should haveexisted because of this simple law of c<strong>on</strong>servati<strong>on</strong>. And if this creati<strong>on</strong> existed before, itshould have existed in unmanifest form or potential form or dormant form which we cancall as the seed of the creati<strong>on</strong>. In Sanskrit we use the word Bījam for this.Bījasyāntari Vānkuro JagadidamPrān Nirvikalpam PunahNirvikalpam means un-differentiated and unmanifest in an un-transactable form. And wewill use for the word Causal form of matter – matter in its causal form which is the sourceof all forms of energy and all forms of matter. Scientists are trying <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> arrive at <strong>on</strong>e basicmatter that can explain all the sub-a<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mic particles, that which can explain the micro andmacro. The scientists want <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> rec<strong>on</strong>cile the General Theory of relativity at Macro level andthe Quantum Physics at Micro by a theory of everything.According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our scriptures that basic stuff that is the source of all forms of energy andall forms of matter which includes all particles and molecules in the creati<strong>on</strong>, we call itcausal matter. The causal matter is called Māyā. This includes Sharīra Trayam also. Thismeans that before the creati<strong>on</strong> originated, <strong>on</strong>e thing was there which is Māyā.Borrowing the idea from the previous sessi<strong>on</strong>, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> include <strong>on</strong>e more thing beforecreati<strong>on</strong>. In the previous class, we saw, Ātmā is the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness principle which is then<strong>on</strong>-material spirit, which does not come under matter and therefore which does not comewithin time and space. We also saw that c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is bey<strong>on</strong>d time and space whichmean c<strong>on</strong>sciousness has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be eternal. This means that before the creati<strong>on</strong>,c<strong>on</strong>sciousness also existed.So now we had arrived at two things that were existing before creati<strong>on</strong>:- Principle 1 : C<strong>on</strong>sciousness which is called Ātmā which is unc<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ed by, uninfluencedby, un-circumscribed by the time-space principle91


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda- Principle 2 : Whole creati<strong>on</strong> in causal matter form called MāyāTherefore Ātmā and Māyā existed. In the c<strong>on</strong>text of cosmology or creati<strong>on</strong>,c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is given another name. In the c<strong>on</strong>text of the individual (Micro level),c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is given the name Ātmā. The very same c<strong>on</strong>sciousness at the Macro levelis not different, but the nomenclature is Brahma or Brahman. Therefore Ātmā is equal <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Brahman is equal <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.Why then have two names ? The basis of the two names is that <strong>on</strong>e is from Micro angleĀtmā and another is from Macro angle Brahman. And the meaning also almost the same.Ātmā means Āpnoti Sarvam Iti Ātmā – the boundless all pervading <strong>on</strong>e. The wordBrahman means infinite derived from the root Bruh – <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be big – therefore Brahman meansthe The Big One, the Absolutely Big One.Therefore the study of cosmology begins with two beginning-less principles known asBrahman and Māyā – C<strong>on</strong>sciousness or spirit + matter<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> starts this way – Brahmāshrayā Sattva Rajas Tamo Gunātmikā Māyā Asti.13.2 Differences between Māyā and BrahmanAnd what is the comm<strong>on</strong> feature of Brahman and Māyā ? Both are beginning-less. Theyhave no origin. And what are their differences ? Differences are more <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be noted:- Brahman is the n<strong>on</strong>-material c<strong>on</strong>sciousness whereas Māyā is material principle- C<strong>on</strong>sciousness is property-less principle. It does not have any physical or chemicalproperties because it is n<strong>on</strong>-material in nature – Nirguna. Whereas Māyā is matter andhence full of potential properties Saguna.- Brahman the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness being bey<strong>on</strong>d time and space, is never subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>change. Therefore it is changeless. Whereas Māyā the matter principle can neverremain the same.- The c<strong>on</strong>sciousness principle is Nirvikalpa not subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spatial divisi<strong>on</strong> – here <strong>on</strong>ec<strong>on</strong>sciousness, there <strong>on</strong>e c<strong>on</strong>sciousness : this can never arise. It is divisi<strong>on</strong>-less andbey<strong>on</strong>d time and space. Whereas Māyā the material is subject <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> multiplicati<strong>on</strong> anddivisi<strong>on</strong>. Māyā is like an amoeba where it multiples by divisi<strong>on</strong>. Māyā can multiply in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>the cosmos by divisi<strong>on</strong>.These are the basic difference between Brahman and Māyā and out of this mixtureal<strong>on</strong>e is this universe manifests out of the seed which is Māyā. In our scriptures the wordCreati<strong>on</strong> is always replaced by the word Manifestati<strong>on</strong>.Srishtihi Nāma Abhivyaktihi : Abhivyaktihi means coming <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manifestati<strong>on</strong> for yourrecogniti<strong>on</strong> like you churn and bring out the butter which is then available tangibly for yourtransacti<strong>on</strong>.92


13.3. Stages of Manifestati<strong>on</strong><str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaIn the scriptures the evoluti<strong>on</strong> or manifestati<strong>on</strong> of the cosmos is presented in twostages. Like a seed becoming a plant in the middle stage, and the plant becoming a fullfledged tree in the final stages.Therefore Māyā is a seed and then there is an intermediary stage called SūkshmaPrapancha Abhivyaktihi – the causal matter comes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the level of subtle matter. In otherwords, the causal universe comes <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the level of subtle universe comparable <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> that of aplant. And then the subtle universe then again evolves or again manifests <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> become thegross universe fully available for all forms of transacti<strong>on</strong>.If you have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand the difference between the subtle and gross creati<strong>on</strong> you cancompare your body and mind. Mind is also a creati<strong>on</strong> or manifestati<strong>on</strong>. Body is also amanifestati<strong>on</strong>. But mind is a subtle manifestati<strong>on</strong> not available for all. My mind is available<strong>on</strong>ly for me hence subtle and not tangible. But Body is gross.Therefore causal universe <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> subtle universe <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Gross universe. This is the creati<strong>on</strong>. Ofthese, the causal universe is beginning-less, but the subtle and gross have a beginning.Once it has become fully gross and moved about for some time, what happens <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> thewhole creati<strong>on</strong> ? Again it collapses, c<strong>on</strong>denses or c<strong>on</strong>tracts, evoluti<strong>on</strong> will later end up ininvoluti<strong>on</strong> or dissoluti<strong>on</strong>. The gross become subtle and subtle again becomes gross. Thusunmanifest <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manifest and manifest <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Unmanifest the universe has been there always.Universe will be there always. The difference is there in the Avasthā Bhedhaha Na TuVastu Bhedhaha. There is no increase or decrease in matter but there is <strong>on</strong>ly change in itsc<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> or state – manifest c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> unmanifest c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> and unmanifest <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manifest.Avyaktādīni Bhūtāni Vyaktamadhyāni BhārataAvyakta Nidhanānyeva Tatra Kā ParidevanāKrishna tells in the Bhagavad Gītā – why are you talking about death? Death is nothingbut body going out of shape. Nothing is lost, Arjuna, but for whom are you crying ?The problem is that we have got attached <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> shape and lost sight of the substance. Thisis the layout of the cosmology. Let us now get in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> a little bit more of details.We will go in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the sec<strong>on</strong>d stage. Causal universe is called Māyā which has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> manifestin<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the subtle universe. The scriptures point out that first, out of the causal universe fivesubtle elements are born. These are the Pancha Bhūtāni. These are- Ākāshaha or space- Vāyu or air- Agni or fire- Jalam or water- Bhūmihi or Prithivi : the earthIn the initial stages, they are in subtle form, which means they are not available for ourtransacti<strong>on</strong>. They are note even visible. Subtle Prithivi is not even visible <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> us.93


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaIn scientific form, Prithivi does not refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the earth itself but refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the solid form ofmatter. And Jalam does not refer <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> water al<strong>on</strong>e, but refers <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the liquid form of matter.Then the third is the vapour or gaseous form. The fourth state is the plasma state. Inscience we have <strong>on</strong>ly four. But in Shāstram, we have the fifth stage – Ākāshaha evenbey<strong>on</strong>d the plasma stage.Now the scriptures point out that these five elements have evolved from Māyā andtherefore whatever be the features of Māyā must be inherent in the elements. In otherwords, whatever are the features of Māyā , these must have been in the cosmos oruniverse and whatever must be in the universe must be in Māyā. Because the law is thatthe features of the cause inhere the effect – Kārana Gunāhā Kārye Anuvartante.13.4. Three Features or Stages of Manifestati<strong>on</strong>And when we study the entire universe, we can see three comm<strong>on</strong> features which arewidely present in the cosmos.13.4.1. Jnāna ShaktihiThe first feature is Jnāna Shaktihi or Knowing faculty or sentiency faculty. This isespecially found in living beings through which they are able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> sense or experience theworld. If all the creati<strong>on</strong> has been inert, there will be nobody <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> do any transacti<strong>on</strong>.13.4.2. Kriyā ShaktihiAnother feature we see is Kriyā Shaktihi – dynamism. This is the capacity <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be active.13.4.3. Dravya ShaktihiIn this feature, both Jnāna Shaktihi and Kriyā Shaktihi are absent or stultified. This is theinertia feature. Inertia means the absence of knowing faculty and absence of acting faculty.Neither can it act nor can it know. This is called Dravya Shaktihi.Technically these three faculties are known as:- Sattva Gunaha for Jnāna Shaktihi- Rajo Gunaha for Kriyā Shaktihi- Tamo Gunaha for Dravya ShaktihiThese three Gunāhā are inherent in Māyā. Therefore Māyā is defined as Tri GunātmikāMāyā endowed with threefold features which are seen in the universe.E.g. during a class, <strong>on</strong>ly the Jnāna Shakti is being used – just grasping. Then based <strong>on</strong>this knowledge, acting is called Kriyā Shaktihi. Then during sleep neither you know thingsnor do things – this time Dravya Shakti is being used. If these features are seen in thecosmos, they must be there in Māyā. Therefore Māyā has three Gunāhā and these threeGunāhā inhere the five elements also.Here interestingly, Guna should not be translated as property. They are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be translated94


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaas the comp<strong>on</strong>ents of Māyā. Three Gunāhā are like the three strands of a plaited string.Hence <strong>on</strong>e of the meanings of Guna is String. These three features or Gunāhā are inunmanifest in the five elements also. Thus we have got Sāttvika comp<strong>on</strong>ent of space,Rājasik a comp<strong>on</strong>ent of space and Tāmasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of space. Similarly we haveSāttvika comp<strong>on</strong>ent or air, Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of air and Tāmasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of air. Sameapplies for Fire, Water and Earth.Sāttvika- Space- Air- Fire- Water- EarthRājasik- Space- Air- Fire- Water- EarthTāmasik- Space- Air- Fire- Water- EarthHence we have fifteen items.Hence the first form of creati<strong>on</strong> is Sūkshma Bhūta Srishtihi – the creati<strong>on</strong> ormanifestati<strong>on</strong> of the subtle elements.13.5. Stages of Creati<strong>on</strong>13.5.1. Stage 1 – Sattva Guna as genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rThen the scriptures point out that out of the subtle elements al<strong>on</strong>e, all the subtle bodiesof the individual are manifested. Let us understand this better.We have got five organs of knowledge – Pancha Jnāna Indriyāni. The facultyassociated with this is, naturally, the Knowing faculty. They are born out of five elements.Five elements generate the five organs of acti<strong>on</strong>. Five subtle elements generate five subtleorgans.And when we say five subtle elements, which comp<strong>on</strong>ent must be resp<strong>on</strong>sible ? TheSattvaGuna which stands for Jnāna Shakti. The SattvaGuna comp<strong>on</strong>ents of the fiveelements are resp<strong>on</strong>sible for the generati<strong>on</strong> of the five sense organs of knowledge.What is the order of generati<strong>on</strong> ?- The Sattva Guna comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Space is resp<strong>on</strong>sible for ears- The Sattva Guna comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Air is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of skin- The Sattva Guna comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Fire is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of Eye- The Sattva Guna comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Water is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of T<strong>on</strong>gue- The Sattva Guna comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Earth is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of NoseHence Ears, Skin, Eye, T<strong>on</strong>gue and Nose, the five subtle organs or knowing features orsensory faculties are born out of the five elements.The fourfold mind or inner organ which coordinates or c<strong>on</strong>trols the five sense organs is95


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaborn out of the Sāttvika comp<strong>on</strong>ent of all the five elements. The reas<strong>on</strong> is that the mindhas <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>trol all the sense organs. In fact a sense organ functi<strong>on</strong>s <strong>on</strong>ly when the mind isbehind it. Therefore the mind has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be behind the Ears, Skin, Eye, T<strong>on</strong>gue and Nose.Therefore it requires the Sattva Guna of all the five. The inner organ (mind) is born out ofSāttvika comp<strong>on</strong>ents of all the five elements.13.5.2. Stage 2 – Rajas Guna as genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rExtending the same principle we have the Pancha Karma Indriyāni. Five sense organsof acti<strong>on</strong> are also generated out of five subtle elements. But the comp<strong>on</strong>ent is the KriyāShakti comp<strong>on</strong>ent called Rajas comp<strong>on</strong>ent.In what order are these born ?- The Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Space is resp<strong>on</strong>sible for Organ of Speech - Vāk- The Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Air is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of Organ of Hands – Pāni- The Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Fire is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of Organ of Legs – Pāda- The Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Water is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of Organ of Anus – Pāyuhu- The Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of Earth is the genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>r of Organ of Genitals – UpasthaThen behind the five Karma Indriyāni or five sense of acti<strong>on</strong>, what is required is PrānaShakti or Life force. Without Prāna Shakti, no organ can act. Therefore during days offasting, when we have not eaten, we cannot even speak or act properly. Therefore ThePrāna Shakti or Pancha Prānāhā which supports all the Pancha Karma Indriyāni must beborn out of the Rājasik comp<strong>on</strong>ent of all the five elements. Just as the mind is born out of<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal Sattva elements, Prāna is born out of <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal Rajas elements, whereas individual senseorgans are born out of individual elements.The entire Sūkshma Sharīram is born out of Sattva Guna and Rajo Guna of the fivesubtle elements. Therefore we have seen Sūkshma Bhūta Srishti and Sūkshma SharīramSrishti – in short the entire subtle universe. If there are any other subtle worlds or creati<strong>on</strong>,they are all born out of the combinati<strong>on</strong> of subtle elements <strong>on</strong>ly.13.5.3. Stage 3 –Tamo Guna as genera<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rWe then come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the third and final stage of creati<strong>on</strong> – the gross visible and tangibleuniverse. The scriptures explain how it comes about. We have utilised the Sattvacomp<strong>on</strong>ents of the five comp<strong>on</strong>ents of the five elements. We have also utilised the Rajascomp<strong>on</strong>ents of the five comp<strong>on</strong>ents of the five elements. We have not yet used the Tamascomp<strong>on</strong>ent of the five elements.The scriptures point out that the Tamas comp<strong>on</strong>ent of the five elements al<strong>on</strong>e getgrossified <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> become the five gross elements – Pancha Sthūla Bhūtāni. The five grosselements are born out of or manifest from the Tamo Gunaha of the five subtle elements.Eteshām Pancha Sūkshma Bhūtānām Tamo Amshāt Pancha Sthūla BhūtāniThe scriptures point out that, until grossificati<strong>on</strong>, each element was isolated and pure.96


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaOne element was not adulterated or mixed with others. But when grossificati<strong>on</strong> takesplace, the Tamo Guna of these five elements get intermixed. This is just like eating asalad. Sūkshma Prapancha is like eating grapes separately, bananas separately etc.Grossificati<strong>on</strong> means eating all <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether. Once we come <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> five grossified elements, eachelement has got a mixture of all the five. So Earth has got five elements, space has gotfive elements. Same way for Air, Fire and Water.Now the questi<strong>on</strong> arises if each element is a mixture of five, how will you name theelements ? The scriptures say that the naming is d<strong>on</strong>e based <strong>on</strong> the predominance of theelements. Therefore scriptures point out, Gross Space has got all the given elements inthe following proporti<strong>on</strong>:- 50 % is Space part- The other four elements will be <strong>on</strong>ly in <strong>on</strong>e eighth proporti<strong>on</strong> i.e. 12.5%This process of “salad making” is called Panchī Karanam or Grossificati<strong>on</strong>. The sameapplies for the other gross elements as well. Gross air has 50% air etc.Once the five gross elements are born, out of that the entire cosmos including all ourphysical bodies are created. This is called Sthūla Srishtihi or Sthūla Abhivyaktihi.Thus Māyā is causal universe. And out of that comes subtle universe called SūkshmaAbhivyaktihi. And out of that comes gross universe which is called Sthūla Abhivyaktihi.Thus the entire creati<strong>on</strong> comes out.It will last for some time and again collapse in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Māyā. What will be Brahman doing ?C<strong>on</strong>sciousness remains. When appropriate c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong> comes it manifests in the form of life.When the manifesting c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>s are not there (cells are not formed), c<strong>on</strong>sciousnessremains unmanifest. This is Vedic Cosmology.SāttvikaSpace ( Ear )Air ( Skin )Fire ( Eye )Water ( T<strong>on</strong>gue )Earth ( Nose )RājasikSpace ( Speech )Air ( Hands )Fire ( Legs )Water ( Anus )Earth ( Genitals )TāmasikSpace ( Mixture )Air ( Mixture )Fire ( Mixture )Water ( Mixture )Earth ( Mixture )Saturday, 19 April 200814. Jīva Īshvara AikyaIn the previous sessi<strong>on</strong>s, we have seen the main theme of the Vedāntik Teaching – JīvaĀtmā Parama Ātmā Aikyam. The idea c<strong>on</strong>veyed is that Ātmā the Chaitanyam is <strong>on</strong>lyEkam. Aikyam means <strong>on</strong>eness. Therefore Ātmā the Chaitanyam is <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e and that <strong>on</strong>eChaitanyam al<strong>on</strong>e is expressing through the matter principle. And when that Chaitanyam isfuncti<strong>on</strong>ing through individual matter called Sharīra Trayam, then the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness gets97


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandathe name Jīva Ātmā. And when the very same c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is functi<strong>on</strong>ing behind <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>talmatter or Prapancha Trayam, then the very same Ātmā is called Parama Ātmā.Therefore <strong>on</strong>e Ātmā al<strong>on</strong>e is called Jīva Ātmā as well as Parama Ātmā from thestandpoint of the medium through which it functi<strong>on</strong>s. Once the Anātmā medium is removedthe matter medium is removed, there is neither Jīva Ātmā nor is there Parama Ātmā.There is <strong>on</strong>ly Ātmā which is neither called Jīva Ātmā not Parama Ātmā.Therefore <strong>on</strong>eĀtmā functi<strong>on</strong>ing through Anātmā get the two names Jīva Ātmā and Parama Ātmā. Andthat <strong>on</strong>e Ātmā I am.I am called Jīva Ātmā when I am functi<strong>on</strong>ing behind this body. I myself am ParamaĀtmā when I am functi<strong>on</strong>ing behind the whole universe.This is the basic teaching of Jāgrat Avasthā Parama Ātmā Aikyam or Ātmā Ekatvam.There is <strong>on</strong>e more important <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic which we will briefly go through. It is a <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic by itself.That <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic is the relati<strong>on</strong>ship between Ātmā and Anātmā. Because we say there is <strong>on</strong>ly<strong>on</strong>e Ātmā. We know the relati<strong>on</strong>ship between Jīva Ātmā and Parama Ātmā as being <strong>on</strong>eand the same. Now we are asking what is the relati<strong>on</strong>ship between Ātmā and Anātmā –the Spirit and Matter and the <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> point out that their relati<strong>on</strong>ship is Depender andDepended relati<strong>on</strong>ship, supporter – supported relati<strong>on</strong>ship. This means that matterdepends <strong>on</strong> c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. Even <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> prove its existence matter depends <strong>on</strong>c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.To say there is a clock in fr<strong>on</strong>t of me, I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see the clock <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> prove whether it isexistent or not. To prove the existence of anything in the creati<strong>on</strong>, I have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> see it or knowit directly or indirectly. Whereas <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> show or <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> prove that I am existent I d<strong>on</strong>’t require anyproof because my existence is very evident. Therefore matter depends <strong>on</strong> c<strong>on</strong>sciousnessfor both <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> prove its existence as well as for its functi<strong>on</strong>ing. Whereas c<strong>on</strong>sciousness doesnot depend up<strong>on</strong> matter for its existence. Therefore the scriptures point out thatc<strong>on</strong>sciousness is Satyam and matter is Mithyam. Satyam means independent orSvatantraha. Whereas matter is Mithyam or Para Tantraha (opposite of Svatantraha).The example we generally give is that of clay and pot. Clay exists independent of potthat even if the pot is broken the clay can c<strong>on</strong>tinue <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> exist. Whereas the pot cannot existindependent of clay. Therefore clay is called Satyam and pot is called Mithyam. Wood iscalled Satyam and furniture is called Mithyam. Gold is Satyam and ornaments areMithyam. Water is Satyam whereas waves oceans and tanks and lakes are Mithyam.Hence Satyam means independent and Mithyā means dependent. Ātmā is <strong>on</strong>e andAnātmā are many. Ātmā is Satyam and Anātmā are Mithyam. And this <strong>on</strong>e Ātmā appearsas Jīva Ātmā at individual levels and Parama Ātmā at <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal level.Therefore the Vedāntik teaching can be presented in three statements. The wholeVedāntik teaching can be presented as:- Parama Ātmā is Satyam- Anātmā is Mithyam98


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda- Jīva Ātmā is identical with Parama Ātmā.This is the <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sāraha [Essence of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>].We will deal with the means and benefits of getting this knowledge.14.1. Means of Acquiring KnowledgeThe means is called Jnāna Yogaha. This Jnāna Yoga which is the means of getting thisknowledge is presented in three stage – these are:- Shravanam means listening- Mananam means reflecti<strong>on</strong>- Nididhyāsanam means c<strong>on</strong>templati<strong>on</strong>Once I have removed doubts in the intellectual level through Mananam and removedthe emoti<strong>on</strong>al weakness through Nididhyāsanam, then the knowledge is called assimilatedknowledge – Jnāna Nishthā.Shravanam is d<strong>on</strong>e with the help of the teacher. Mananam is d<strong>on</strong>e both independentlyand with the help of the teacher. Whereas Nididhyāsanam has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be d<strong>on</strong>e independentlyal<strong>on</strong>e – no teacher can help. One has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> apply the knowledge during the Nididhyāsanamphase. We have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> remember that assimilated knowledge al<strong>on</strong>e will give me benefits justlike assimilated food al<strong>on</strong>e nourishes me.Krishna warns in the Gītā that any amount of study is of no use unless it is assimilatedthrough Mananam and Nididhyāsanam.14.2. Jnāna Phalam – Fruit of knowledgeThe next <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic is Jnāna Phalam – the benefit of this knowledge. The benefit ispresented in two forms in the Shāstram:- One is the benefit while we are living, i.e. before death- The other <strong>on</strong>e is the benefit after death.14.2.1. Jīvan Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> while livingThis is the benefit while we are still living. This is the virtue or Phalam enjoyed at themental level in various forms. The problems faced at the mental level include insecurity,fear, sense of inadequacy, jealousy and anger – all these are psychological problemscalled Samsara. It is purely at the mental or psychological level and not at the physicallevel – because it is knowledge and therefore gives benefit at the mental level.Jīvan Muktihi means that I c<strong>on</strong>tinue <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> face the challenges in life. At the same time, I amfree from these unhealthy resp<strong>on</strong>ses. All unhealthy resp<strong>on</strong>ses are emoti<strong>on</strong>al problemscalled Samsara.The three benefits of Jīvan Muktihi are :99


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthananda14.2.1.1. Independence – SvatantriyamThe first and most important benefit is independence. I am mentally emoti<strong>on</strong>ally orpsychologically an independent pers<strong>on</strong>. This means that the presence or absence ofthings will not affect me emoti<strong>on</strong>ally. Only when I am dependent <strong>on</strong> external fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs, theirpresence and absence will affect me emoti<strong>on</strong>ally. Jnānam gives me independence from allsetup – whether it is a pers<strong>on</strong> or situati<strong>on</strong> or an object. I d<strong>on</strong>’t seek company nor do I feell<strong>on</strong>ely.14.2.1.2. Fullness – PūrnatvamThe sec<strong>on</strong>d benefit is Pūrnatvam – sense of fulfilment in life. I know I am the Ātmāwhich is not c<strong>on</strong>fined <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> this body but I am the Ātmā which is Sat Chit Ānanda Svarūpahaand therefore I am free from limitati<strong>on</strong>. Nothing is away from me. Everything bel<strong>on</strong>gs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>me. There is no sense of isolati<strong>on</strong> or rejecti<strong>on</strong>. Because if I am a pers<strong>on</strong>, I can be rejected.But nobody can reject me because I am all pervading. Sense of isolati<strong>on</strong>, sense ofrejecti<strong>on</strong> and sense of limitati<strong>on</strong> go away just as space cannot be rejected by any<strong>on</strong>e, I theĀtmā cannot be rejected by any<strong>on</strong>e.14.2.1.3. Balance of Mind – SamattvamThe third benefit is Samattvam. This means the emoti<strong>on</strong>al strength <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> face ups anddowns of life. Jnānam becomes a great shock absorber. Similarly in life I cannot c<strong>on</strong>trolmy future situati<strong>on</strong> where many things are bey<strong>on</strong>d my c<strong>on</strong>trol. But by Jnānam even theworst troubles may affect me sometimes, but not permanently.It is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be noted that physically we will surely have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> depend <strong>on</strong> the world. We requirefood, clothing and shelter. We will never get physical independence. But psychologicallywe may be able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> become independent. This is called Jīvan Muktihi. The word literallymeans Freedom while Living.14.2.2. Videha Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> from bodyTo understand this, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> know what happens <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> an ignorant pers<strong>on</strong> after death.Then <strong>on</strong>ly we can understand what happens <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> an Jnani after death.In the case of Ajnani, at the time of death, the physical body is dropped. There isseparati<strong>on</strong> from physical body. The very definiti<strong>on</strong> of death is separati<strong>on</strong> from physicalbody. That is why the physical body decays and merges in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Pancha Bhūtāni or fiveelements.But even though the physical body perishes, the subtle body and causal body c<strong>on</strong>tinue<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> exist. This subtle and causal body al<strong>on</strong>g with Ātmā – all pervading everywhere –c<strong>on</strong>tinue <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> survive even after the fall of the body. It acquires another body <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>tinue thejourney. And it may acquire the body here itself or it may acquire the body elsewhere.Therefore an Ajnani travels after death. In other words his Sūkshma Sharīram and KāranaSharīram travel and acquire another physical body and this is called Punar Janma or100


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandarebirth.The Sūkshma Sharīram and Kārana Sharīram will again go through life and again dieand again acquire another body. But death and birth is <strong>on</strong>ly at the level of the physicalbody.In the case of a Jnani, it is said in the scriptures that at the time of death, all the threebodies merge in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Samashti. The Sharīra Trayam will merge in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Prapancha Trayam.Sthūla Sharīram merges in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Sthūla Prapancha. Sūkshma Sharīram merges in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> SūkshmaPrapancha and Kārana Sharīram merges in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Kārana Prapancha. That means Jnani doesnot survive as an individual but he survives as the Samashti the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal. And he is no morecalled Jīva Ātmā – because <strong>on</strong>ly when the body is there you can call it as Jīva Ātmā –when the Sharīra Trayam is g<strong>on</strong>e, he is <strong>on</strong>e with Parama Ātmā. Jīva Ātmā has becomeParama Ātmā losing the individuality just as the river loses its individuality when it mergesin<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the ocean. Also there is not questi<strong>on</strong> of Punar Janma . There is no Sūkshma KāranaSharīram surviving <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acquire another Sthūla Sharīram.Therefore Videha Muktihi is freedom from Punar Janma [re-birth]. And why doesJnānam give the benefit of Videha Muktihi? The scriptures present this <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic in a particularway. They say Jnānam s<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>ps Punar Janma by destroying all Karmas.M<strong>on</strong>day, 21 April 200815. Law of KarmaIn the last few sessi<strong>on</strong>s, we saw the central teaching of the <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> – namely JīvaĀtmā and Parama Ātmā Aikyam. Through this, I am given <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand that I am not theReflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness which is the Dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rted C<strong>on</strong>sciousness through the medium. But Iam the original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness which is n<strong>on</strong>e other than Brahman. The dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>s will bethere as l<strong>on</strong>g as the medium c<strong>on</strong>tinues <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rt. But whether medium dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rts or not, I inmy original nature is undis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rted C<strong>on</strong>sciousness. And this is not <strong>on</strong>ly true with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>me, this is true with regards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> every individual. Therefore every <strong>on</strong>e of us is nothing butOriginal C<strong>on</strong>sciousness and not Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness.And this is not <strong>on</strong>ly true with regard <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> me the Jīvāhā [mortal individual], it is true withregards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Īshvara [Pers<strong>on</strong>al God] also. Īshvara is also another form of dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rtedc<strong>on</strong>sciousness <strong>on</strong>ly because Īshvara also has certain superior Gunāhā [virtues], andpresence of Gunāhā is a dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>. Because the original c<strong>on</strong>sciousness does not havepositive virtues also. So in the case of Īshvara, positive virtues is dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>, in the case ofJīva negative virtues or vices or properties are dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>s.And these two dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>s are caused by the reflecting media (RM) and when we look a<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>urselves from the standpoint of ourselves, we are all Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness. This is JīvaĀtmā Parama Ātmā Aikya Jnānam given by the <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>. Having seen this knowledge, wewill now see the Jnāna Phalam – what is the benefit of gaining this knowledge ? What do I101


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaget out of it ? What practical benefit can I derive out of gaining this knowledge.In the Shāstram and in the <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> the benefit is presented as Jīvan Muktihi andVideha Muktihi. The knowledge is that I am not Reflected (limited dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rted)C<strong>on</strong>sciousness – otherwise called Ego - but I am Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness – unlimited andundis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rted c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.15.1. Jīvan Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> while livingHow do I accomplish the freedom as <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be derived from Jīvan Muktihi ?All the problems and challenges of life bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness al<strong>on</strong>e –the Jīva al<strong>on</strong>e has all the challenges of life. They bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the Ego al<strong>on</strong>e – because everysituati<strong>on</strong> will affect either Reflecting Media 1 (Physical body) or RM2 or RM3. Through theReflecting medium, the reflected c<strong>on</strong>sciousness may be affected but not the original.Therefore all problems bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness and no problems bel<strong>on</strong>g <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness. We know that Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness is insignificant compared<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness because Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness is an incidental aspect ofmind who am nothing but Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness.Therefore when I go <strong>on</strong> invoking my higher nature, Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness nature, theReflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness and the problems of Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness becomeinsignificant. Not that they go away, but from a higher perspective, these will becomeinsignificant. Like during the freedom struggle, when they invoked the patriot inthemselves, the freedom of the country became so important and other miseries and going<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> jail were not significant at all. When we invoke a higher “I”, the lower “I” and its problemswill not disappear but will become insignificant. In Sanskrit we call it Abhibhāvaha . Sowhen the sun rises, the candle light is overshadowed but though it c<strong>on</strong>tinues, the candlelight is as good as not being there. Similarly in the discovery of the higher I, all theproblems of Samsara are as good as not there. This inner freedom or immunity or shockabsorber is given by the discovery of the higher “I”. This immunity enjoyed is called JīvanMuktihi which is the benefit enjoyed while living. Jnānam serves as an armour againstunhealthy resp<strong>on</strong>ses.15.2. Videha Muktihi – Liberati<strong>on</strong> from bodyThe sec<strong>on</strong>d benefit is Videha Muktihi. This means freedom from Punar Janma orrebirth. To understand this freedom from rebirth, we should know the Law of Karma.Because Law of Karma is the principle behind rebirth as well as Freedom from rebirth.Videha Muktihi is unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od <strong>on</strong>ly when the Law of Karma is unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od. We will study theLaw of Karma as an Anga of Videha Muktihi.15.2.1. Law of Karma – Results of acti<strong>on</strong>The Law of Karma is <strong>on</strong>e of the most important laws of Vedic teaching and is the unique<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedic teaching.102


15.2.1.1. First Principle<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThe first principle that we should remember in understanding the Law of Karma is thatevery deliberate or wilful acti<strong>on</strong> that we do, the Shāstram point out, produces two forms ofresult. One is called the Visible result – drishta Phalam - and the other is the invisibleresult – Adrishta Phalam.And if the acti<strong>on</strong> is a good acti<strong>on</strong>, there is a good visible and invisible result, and if thereis a bad acti<strong>on</strong>, there is a bad visible and invisible result. E.g. if I do something for acharitable cause, firstly the visible result is that some<strong>on</strong>e is benefited from it. The sec<strong>on</strong>dresult is that since I have d<strong>on</strong>e a noble acti<strong>on</strong> of helping others, it produces an invisibleresult called Adrishtam. And since the acti<strong>on</strong> is good, it is called Su-Adrishtam – goodinvisible result.On the other hand, when I cheat some<strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> earn m<strong>on</strong>ey, the visible result is quiteevident-increase in bank balance. The invisible result is negative arising from this is calledDur-Adrishtam - negative invisible result.The Su-Adrishtam is called Punyam and the Dur-Adrishtam is called Pāpam. Thusevery deliberate acti<strong>on</strong> in additi<strong>on</strong> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> visible result produces Punyam and Pāpam. Onew<strong>on</strong>’t see Punyam and Pāpam because they are invisible. This is the first principle of theLaw of Karma – Punyam and Pāpam.15.2.1.2. Sec<strong>on</strong>d PrincipleThe next principle <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be remembered is what produces Punyam and Pāpam. This isdetermined based <strong>on</strong> two norms.The first norm is the scriptural injuncti<strong>on</strong>. Whatever the scriptures promote or enjoin –those acti<strong>on</strong>s will produce Punyam. Whatever the scriptures prohibit – such acti<strong>on</strong>s willproduce Pāpam. Supposing an acti<strong>on</strong> produces visible good result and suppose thatacti<strong>on</strong> is prohibited by the scriptures, then we say such an acti<strong>on</strong> will produce Pāpam eventhough it may produce a visible good result.The sec<strong>on</strong>d norms : Suppose I am doing an acti<strong>on</strong> which is not discussed in thescriptures at all – travelling by train – what would be the norms for judgement of suchactivities ? The norm is based <strong>on</strong> the motive. What is the motive of my acti<strong>on</strong>s ? If mymotive is good and noble, that Karma will produce Punyam and if it is ignoble it producesPāpam.Therefore based <strong>on</strong> the norm of Shāstrik injuncti<strong>on</strong> and motive, we decide whether aKarma is Punyam or Pāpam.15.2.1.3. Third PrincipleAll the invisible Punyam and Pāpam in due course will be c<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> visible Sukhamand Duhkham – drishta Sukham and drishta Duhkham respectively.In this we can never say, how l<strong>on</strong>g a particular Punyam will take <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get c<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>103


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSukham. The durati<strong>on</strong> for c<strong>on</strong>versi<strong>on</strong> is not uniform. Today’s Punyam can become<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>morrow’s Sukham or day-after-<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>morrow’s Sukham or next decade’s Sukham or it canbecome even in the next Janma. The durati<strong>on</strong> will never be known by us. Some Punyamscan give immediate Sukham while some Punyams can give delayed Sukham.The example given in the Shāstram is the different types of seeds that are planted <strong>on</strong>the same day. A papaya seed or mango seed and coc<strong>on</strong>ut seed. Even though the date ofplanting is the same, different seeds take different durati<strong>on</strong> of time <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> become full-fledgedresults.Because of this, we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> derive another corollary. Since the Punyam and Pāpam canfructify at different durati<strong>on</strong>, some of the Punya Pāpam may not fructify in this Janma itself.This means that un-fructified Punya Pāpams remain in the case of every Jīva. Andbecause of the un-fructified Punya Pāpam, we will have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> take Punar Janma and anappropriate for the fructificati<strong>on</strong> of these un-fructified <strong>on</strong>es for reaping the result of ouracti<strong>on</strong>s.The scriptures say that nobody can escape from the moral Law of the Lord. One canescape from the criminal law of the country but never from the cosmic Moral Order andLaw of the Lord.Therefore the Law of Karma necessitates repeated Birth and Death and therefore thepreset birth is <strong>on</strong>e of the l<strong>on</strong>g chain of birth and death. Thus the cycle of birth and death iscaused by the law of Karma.Our scriptures point out that this has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be very clearly unders<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>od and assimilated byevery individual. This is even more fundamental than self-knowledge. The more weassimilate this law, the more healthy will be our attitude <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>wards problems of life.15.2.2. Advantages of Law of KarmaIf I assimilate the Law of Karma, what are the advantages? What attitudinal changes willit bring. The assimilati<strong>on</strong> of the Law of Karma will bring some healthy attitudinal changes.First advantage is that the Law of Karma explains the disparity and differences in theliving being. Why are living being born differently. Some are animal while some are plantsand some human beings. And am<strong>on</strong>g human beings, some born with silver spo<strong>on</strong> or somein the slums. This is because of the Law of Karma.If this Law of Karma is not accepted, then people will have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> resort <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the principle ofchance. I see the creati<strong>on</strong> being orderly. Science proves everyday that the creati<strong>on</strong> isgoverned by laws and wherever law is there, there is order. Then how can I say that thedisparity al<strong>on</strong>e is chance?Sec<strong>on</strong>d advantage, Law of Karma helps in accepting the inexplicable sufferings. When Iam not able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> accept my problems and go <strong>on</strong> asking “Why me?”, Law of Karma helps inaccepting. I know that I am resp<strong>on</strong>sible for every <strong>on</strong>e of my suffering through myimmediate past acti<strong>on</strong> or through my remote past acti<strong>on</strong>. I may not remember which104


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaremote past acti<strong>on</strong> for my current state – good or bad. I will not blame any<strong>on</strong>e in the world.Blaming is the most natural tendency. Thus, resistance and not taking resp<strong>on</strong>sibility issorrow.Third advantage is that the Faith in God will not be shaken if I accept the Law of Karma.This is because I know that even though I am a good pers<strong>on</strong> now, if I suffer my suffering isnot because of an unjust God. The suffering is because of my remote past acti<strong>on</strong>s which Id<strong>on</strong>’t remember now. God can never be unjust. There is no injustice in the world. Thereseems <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be injustice because we do not recollect the past Pāpam Karma.Otherwise when I suffer I begin <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> questi<strong>on</strong> the Lord’s sense of justice. There have beenmany religious people who did not understand the Law of Karma and therefore blame Godfor their suffering and turn atheists.Fourth advantage is if I accept the Law of Karma, I can take resp<strong>on</strong>sibility for my future.I can take charge of my life. This is because the Law of Karma says my present situati<strong>on</strong> isthe result of my past acti<strong>on</strong>. You can extend this and say that my future situati<strong>on</strong> willdepend <strong>on</strong> my present acti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore if I can intelligently live in the present, I caninfluence my future. If I cannot <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally c<strong>on</strong>trol, I can greatly influence my future. Thus I canavert fatalism. I can accept my freewill. I have a freedom <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> choose my future because myfuture is dependent <strong>on</strong> my present Karma. Therefore Law of Karma res<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>res my freewilland averts fatalistic tendencies.People think Law of Karma leads <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fatalism. In fact, Law of Karma al<strong>on</strong>e is the antidote<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fatalism because Law of Karma tells me I am resp<strong>on</strong>sible for my present situati<strong>on</strong> by mypast acti<strong>on</strong> and therefore am resp<strong>on</strong>sible for my future. If I d<strong>on</strong>’t accept the Law of Karma,my c<strong>on</strong>clusi<strong>on</strong> will be that somebody is resp<strong>on</strong>sible for my present situati<strong>on</strong>. And ifsomebody else is resp<strong>on</strong>sible for my present situati<strong>on</strong>, then somebody else will beresp<strong>on</strong>sible for my future situati<strong>on</strong>.Therefore if I d<strong>on</strong>’t accept the Law of Karma, I give my life <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> chance and fatalism. If Iaccept Law of Karma I am accepting my will and freedom <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> shape my future.Fifth advantage is this answers <strong>on</strong>e of the fundamental questi<strong>on</strong>s asked by manyquesti<strong>on</strong>ers – especially youngsters. When we talk about ethical way of life or good way oflife, <strong>on</strong>e of the questi<strong>on</strong>s asked by youngsters is – if you say ethical life is a blessing andunethical life is harmful, how come many good people are suffering and how come manycorrupt people are having a good time. You can res<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>re morality in society <strong>on</strong>ly if you bringin Law of Karma. Law of Karma will explain this phenomen<strong>on</strong> properly. It will say – thepresent ethical pers<strong>on</strong> is suffering because of past unethical acti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore theuniversal rule that Unethical Acti<strong>on</strong>s hurt is true irrespective of whether you are good in thepresent Janma or not. Even the current corrupt pers<strong>on</strong> enjoys because of past ethicalacti<strong>on</strong>s. Therefore the rule is that Ethical Acti<strong>on</strong> Blesses and Unethical Acti<strong>on</strong> Hurts.Thus Law of Karma is required for moral order in society.105


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaWe have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> come back <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Videha Muktihi. The Punya Pāpam or Adrishtam that a pers<strong>on</strong>acquires is divided in <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> three types.All the Punya Pāpams accumulated in the past Janma are called Sanchita PunyaPāpam or Sanchita Adrishtam. Sanchita means accumulated. And of all thoseaccumulated, a porti<strong>on</strong> al<strong>on</strong>e is ready for fructificati<strong>on</strong> at a particular time. That maturingAdrishtam – Punya Pāpam - is called Prārabdha. Sanchitam will not affect you nowbecause it is not matured. Whereas Prārabdha being matured, it is resp<strong>on</strong>sible for thepresent physical body. Your present body is determined by Prārabdha – human or animal,male or female, healthy or with c<strong>on</strong>genital diseases, parentage, place of birth. And whenPrārabdha gives you a human body, not <strong>on</strong>ly you reap your Prārabdha, but while reapingyour Prārabdha, you are doing fresh acti<strong>on</strong>s. As a human being you do a lot of deliberateacti<strong>on</strong>s which will produces fresh Punya Pāpams. That fresh acquisiti<strong>on</strong>s or earning arecalled Āgāmi.Therefore your present life is a result of your Āgāmi and Prārabdha. Because Āgāmialso produces result in this Janma. Prārabdha also produces result. Āgāmi and Prārabdhaproduced <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>gether will give you experiences. And some of the Āgāmi are not reaped in thisJanma - so at the end of the Janma, Prārabdha is exhausted, some Āgāmi are exhausted,some Āgāmi Karma remain. They will join the Sanchitam and out of the Sanchitam, thenext <strong>on</strong>e gets ready giving you Punar Janma. There also you exhaust the Prārabdha andacquire Āgāmi, some of them are exhausted while some of them are kept back and theyjoin Sanchita – the cycle will go <strong>on</strong> and <strong>on</strong> and <strong>on</strong>. This is the case of an ignorant pers<strong>on</strong>.In the case of a wise pers<strong>on</strong>, the Shāstram point out, Jnānam is such a powerfulradiati<strong>on</strong> that it destroys all the Sanchita Karmāni.Sanchita Pāpa Vināshana LingamTat Pranamāmi Sadāshiva Lingam.Because the Jnani, does not have identificati<strong>on</strong> with Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness – as heinvokes the Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness all the time – Jnani does not acquire Āgāmi. Since hedoes not have Ahankāra or Abhimānam, he does not acquire Āgāmi. Hence even whenSanchitam is g<strong>on</strong>e and Āgāmi does not come, <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e remains which is the Prārabdha.Since it has started, it will c<strong>on</strong>tinue <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> give pleasurable and painful experiences but theseexperiences will affect <strong>on</strong>ly the Reflecting Medium and Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness but theJnani, being established in the highest “I” or Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness, does not bothermuch about these insignificant problems and therefore does not have any unhealthyresp<strong>on</strong>ses. Therefore he is immunised against Prārabdha.Once Prārabdha is exhausted : Sanchita is g<strong>on</strong>e, Prārabdha is exhausted and Āgāmiavoided and therefore there is no Karma. Since there is neither Punyam nor Pāpam, hedoes not acquire a new birth. This called Videha Muktihi. Thus Jnani as a result of Jnānamenjoys Jīvan Mukti and Videha Mukti. This is Jnāna Phalam and with this Jnānam Phalam,<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> completes its teaching.106


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaM<strong>on</strong>day, 21 April 200816. Overview of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong>Over the last few sessi<strong>on</strong>s, we have covered the textbook of <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> in which allthe important technical terms of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g> Shāstram have been beautifully presented. Wesaw all those <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics in these classes.Now we will wind up the <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> study by a bird’s eye view of all the important<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pics that we have seen. Just a c<strong>on</strong>solidating summary.That <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> text can be broadly classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> five porti<strong>on</strong>s.The first porti<strong>on</strong> deals with the qualificati<strong>on</strong>s required for self-enquiry or Vedāntik study.Qualificati<strong>on</strong>s is therefore the first porti<strong>on</strong>. In Sanskrit it is called Adhikāritvam meaningeligibility or Yogyatā.The sec<strong>on</strong>d part is the analysis of the individual. In Sanskrit individual is called Vyashtihi– microcosm. So Vyashtihi is the analysis of the micro.The third porti<strong>on</strong> is the analysis of the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal. In Sanskrit, the Total is called Samashtihi.So Samashtihi Vichāra comes after Vyashti Vichāra. This is the analysis of themacrocosm.The fourth porti<strong>on</strong> is the essential <strong>on</strong>e-ness of the individual and the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal. The essential<strong>on</strong>eness of the individual and <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal. Vyashtihi Samashtihi Svarūpa Aikyam. Svarūpa meansessential. Hence Svarūpa Aikyam means the essential identity of the micro and the macro.The fifth and final <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic is the knowledge of this essential identity and the benefit of thisknowledge. Aikya Jnānam and Aikya Jnāna Phalam. Vyashti Samashtihi Svarūpa AikyaJnānam – the knowledge of this essential <strong>on</strong>eness as well the benefit of this knowledge. Insimple language Jnānam Phalam Cha.16.1 EligibilityWhat makes me qualified for spiritual enquiry. We saw fourfold qualificati<strong>on</strong> or SādhanaChatushtayam. These are:- Discriminati<strong>on</strong>- Dispassi<strong>on</strong>- Desire- DisciplineDiscriminati<strong>on</strong> is between the real goal of life and all the other fake goals of life. Thereare so many fake or apparent or seeming goals and we should not be enamoured bythese fake goals called Preyas. We should be able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> identify the real goal. This capacity<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> differentiate the real goal of life from the fake goals of life is called Discriminati<strong>on</strong>Dispassi<strong>on</strong> is reducing all the fake goals – like m<strong>on</strong>ey positi<strong>on</strong>, possessi<strong>on</strong>, relati<strong>on</strong> allof which are fake goals. Reducing all these fake goals in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> simple means <strong>on</strong>ly <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> attain the107


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandareal goal. So c<strong>on</strong>verting the fake goals in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> means and c<strong>on</strong>sequently not giving themundue importance. When you look up<strong>on</strong> them as goals, you give over-importance, butwhen the goal is reduced <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> means you give <strong>on</strong>ly the due importance. This removal of theundue importance from fake goals is dispassi<strong>on</strong>. Passi<strong>on</strong> is g<strong>on</strong>e. Obsessi<strong>on</strong> is g<strong>on</strong>e withregards <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the fake goals of life.Desire is a burning urge for the accomplishment of the real goal. Nourishment of thedesire for the real goal of life and even a re-orienting of our life, our associati<strong>on</strong>s, ouractivities all these are reshuffled and re-oriented <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> nourish the desire for the real goal.Initially the desire is <strong>on</strong>ly a feeble and vague desire. But <strong>on</strong>ly by nourishing it would we beable <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make it burning.Discipline is attuning of all our organs for the realisati<strong>on</strong> of or accomplishment the realgoal. So this attuning of all the organs or making all the organs spiritual-knowledgefriendly.All the organs include the physical bodies, the sense organs, the mind andintellect.Without this eligibility, if I enter in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> spiritual enquiry what can happen is that the enquirycan become unsuccessful and merely an academic study. So whether the spiritual enquiryshould become an academic study or whether it should become a self-transformingexercise will depend <strong>on</strong> whether I have the eligibility or not. Therefore eligibility isemphasised.<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> does not menti<strong>on</strong> how <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> acquire the eligibility. That we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> supply. Ofthe four eligibility fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs, the first three – Discriminati<strong>on</strong>, Dispassi<strong>on</strong>, Desire – areaccomplished through Karma Yoga. The fourth and final discipline is accomplished throughUpāsana Yoga or Ashtānga Yogaha or Samādhi Yogaha.Thus through Karma Yoga acquire the first three qualificati<strong>on</strong>s and through UpāsanaYoga acquire the fourth qualificati<strong>on</strong>. And when I successfully go through Karma Yoga andUpāsana Yoga I am eligible for spiritual enquiry. If the first porti<strong>on</strong> is called the ReligiousWay of life, spiritual enquiry is the Philosophical aspect of life. Religi<strong>on</strong> gives mequalificati<strong>on</strong> and Philosophy gives me the wisdom.16.2. IndividualThe sec<strong>on</strong>d part is the analysis of the individual. Here we have seen that everyindividual is broadly classified in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> two parts:- Material part – Anātmā Amshaha- Spiritual part – Ātmā AmshahaFor the c<strong>on</strong>venience of understanding, the material part of the individual was dividedin<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> two ways.- Body divisi<strong>on</strong>:a) Fine Gross,b) Finer Subtle and108


c) Finest Causal Body.<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThis divisi<strong>on</strong> is purely based <strong>on</strong> the fineness of the matter. All are bodies and all arematter but the texture differs.- Functi<strong>on</strong>al divisi<strong>on</strong>:a) Ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>mical part,b) Physiological part (functi<strong>on</strong>s of the Ana<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>my),c) Psychological part (emoti<strong>on</strong>al part),d) Rati<strong>on</strong>al (intellectual part dealing with the cognitive aspect)e) Unc<strong>on</strong>scious or dormant aspect of pers<strong>on</strong>ality which is not very clearly visible orperceptible.<strong>Tattvabodha</strong> points out that other than the material part, is the spiritual part which is thec<strong>on</strong>sciousness principle Chaitanya Amshaha which is different from the five or threelayers. This is aware of all of these. This is called the witness c<strong>on</strong>sciousness orSākshitattvam or Chaitanya Tattvam. This c<strong>on</strong>sciousness is neither part of the materialAmshaha nor a property of the material body nor the product of the material body. It is adistinct entity. This c<strong>on</strong>sciousness has a nature that it is not limited by the material partand it is not affected by the activities of the material part etc. This has been dealt with inthe Ātmā <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic. This spiritual part is called Ātmā and is given another name calledBrahman.16.3. Analysis of <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>talThis <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>pic is the analysis of the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal, the Samashti, the Total or the universe. JagatVichāra or Srishti Vichāra are the words in Sanskrit. Here we say that the universe is nevercreated. It is a very important idea which we have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> receive and assimilate. This isbecause of the most important law that Matter can never be created or destroyed.Therefore <strong>Tattvabodha</strong> pointed out that the universe was there all the time. But it was notthere in the same form all the time.Now the universe is available in perceptible visible and transactable form. Previouslythe very same universe was existent in dormant unmanifest or potential form. And thispotential form of this creati<strong>on</strong> is called the causal universe otherwise known as Māyā.Māyā is another name for the universe itself but a name given when the universe is indormant form. The universe is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally material in nature.This causal universe at the appropriate time evolves. This evoluti<strong>on</strong> is wr<strong>on</strong>gly calledcreati<strong>on</strong>. Creati<strong>on</strong> is a misnomer for the manifestati<strong>on</strong> or evoluti<strong>on</strong>. Therefore we shouldnever use the word creati<strong>on</strong> but use the word manifestati<strong>on</strong>. In Sanskrit this is calledĀvirbhāvaha. Going in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> un-manifestati<strong>on</strong> Tirobhāvaha. And it evolves in two stages:First stage of evoluti<strong>on</strong> is the causal universe becomes the subtle universe. Subtleuniverse means it is neither <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally unmanifest nor <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally manifest like twilight. Later thegrossest universe is manifested – this is the most visible, transactable, handle-able,109


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami Paramarthanandaanalysable universe. In fact scientists are <strong>on</strong>ly scratching the gross universe and havenever been able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> understand the subtle universe.According <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> our Shāstram, this is an eternal process – causal evolving in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> subtle andgross, dances about for some time and again gets reduced in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the causal form. This isjust like us going <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> sleep everyday and then waking up. Wake state <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> dream (partialsleep) <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> deep sleep and then from deep sleep <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> dream (partial wake state) <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> fully awakestate.16.4. Aikyam – OnenessWe have three fac<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rs <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> study. The micro individual c<strong>on</strong>sisting of three layers – causalbody, subtle body and gross body. We have the macro universe also c<strong>on</strong>sisting of threelayers - causal universe, subtle universe and gross universe. Thus we have micro andmacro.We also have a third entity called c<strong>on</strong>sciousness principle which is different from bothmicro and macro. Micro and macro are eventually matter <strong>on</strong>ly.Interestingly, micro matter and macro matter both being matter are both insentient innature. But even though they are insentient, both are capable of functi<strong>on</strong>ing as a mediumfor c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. In Shāstram it is called Upādhihi. Just as the bulb and the filament d<strong>on</strong>ot have light of their own, but they have a capacity that they can functi<strong>on</strong> as a medium forthe electricity. When it functi<strong>on</strong>s as a medium for electricity, the bulb becomes bright bulb.In the same way Micro and Macro are able <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> serve as bulbs as it were for c<strong>on</strong>sciousness.In c<strong>on</strong>sciousness, there is no micro or macro. In c<strong>on</strong>sciousness, Vyashti Samashti Bhedais not there – electricity is <strong>on</strong>e whether the bulb is 5W or 5000W.And when the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness functi<strong>on</strong>s through these two media, in keeping with thenature of the media, the c<strong>on</strong>sciousness gets a dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong> which we called ReflectedC<strong>on</strong>sciousness. Hence Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness becomes Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness at themicro level and Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness at the macro level also.Naturally the reflecti<strong>on</strong> will have dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong> and in both media, dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong> takes place. Inthe micro medium, since the medium is inferior, its gets dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rted and endowed withinferior quality - Nikrushta Gunaha. Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness does not have any Guna –Nirguna. At this stage when Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness is manifest in Nikrushta Upādhi, itgets endowed with inferior attributes and is named Jīvaha. Jīvaha is ReflectedC<strong>on</strong>sciousness obtaining in inferior medium.The very same Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness is manifest and functi<strong>on</strong>ing in the Macro as well.Since the macro medium is superior – Utkrushta Upādhi, there the dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong> is positivedis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>. Instead of getting no Gunaha, this does end up getting Gunaha (dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>). Butthe Gunaha are Utkrushta Upādhitvāt Krushta Gunāhā – superior attributes are there inmacro Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness. This macro Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness with superiorattributes is called Īshvara.110


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaSo Jīva is also Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness and Īshvara is also Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness.From Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness angle, they are <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tally different because <strong>on</strong>e has gotinferior attributes while the other has got superior attributes. One is helpless, other ishelper. One is Anāthaha, the other is Anāthaha Nāthaha. One is Dīnaha, other is DīnhaBandhuhu. One is Dāsaha, other is Swami. So the micro Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness isDāsaha while the macro Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness is Swami. Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness isneither Dāsaha nor Swāmi because it does not have inferior attributes nor superiorattributes, it is neither Kāryam nor Kāranam, neither micro nor macro. Therefore fromReflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness angle there is difference whereas, if you know, that ReflectedC<strong>on</strong>sciousness is nothing but Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness <strong>on</strong>ly but manifesting through adis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rting medium.An example is the effect of a c<strong>on</strong>cave and c<strong>on</strong>vex mirror <strong>on</strong> yourself. In <strong>on</strong>e, there is anel<strong>on</strong>gated face while in the other, there is a flat face. Now which <strong>on</strong>e will I take as my trueattribute ? Neither of them is my attribute. El<strong>on</strong>gati<strong>on</strong> is <strong>on</strong>e form of dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong> whileflatness is another form of dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong> – I am free from both.You cannot physically separate c<strong>on</strong>sciousness from the medium just as no physicalthing can be separated from space which is all pervading. Similarly you can neverseparate micro medium or macro medium from c<strong>on</strong>sciousness. Therefore the separati<strong>on</strong>has <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be d<strong>on</strong>e in terms of understanding or wisdom. You separate the micro and macromedium and forget the dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>s as incidental and own up the dis<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>rti<strong>on</strong>-free OriginalC<strong>on</strong>sciousness.Aham Brahma Ātmā Asmi.Aham Na Jīvaha Aham Na Īshvara.Aham Jīva Īshvara Vyatirikta Brahmātmā (Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness) Asmi.This is called Vyashti Samashti Svarūpa Aikyam. Jivātmā Paramātmā Aikyam. Thisporti<strong>on</strong> is called Mahā Vākyam porti<strong>on</strong> of the Shāstram. In any porti<strong>on</strong>, the essential<strong>on</strong>eness is discussed and is called Mahāvākyam porti<strong>on</strong>.16.5. Aikya Jnānam and Aikya Jnāna PhalamI have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> receive this wisdom. And it should become my wisdom, a fact for me. And thepursuit of this wisdom is called Jnāna pursuit and it is called Jnāna Yogaha.By analysing the individual, by analysing the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal, arriving at the essential nature andseeing the fact that the essential nature is <strong>on</strong>ly <strong>on</strong>e. Reflecting media are different andReflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousnesses is different but Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness the essence is <strong>on</strong>e.This Jnāna Yoga c<strong>on</strong>sists of threefold exercise which we studied while discussing JnānaYoga. Karma Yoga and Upāsana Yoga give me eligibility and Jnāna Yoga gives mewisdom.Without eligibility, wisdom cannot come. Without wisdom eligibility is useless. Thereforeyou require Karma Yoga and Upāsana Yoga compulsorily <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get eligibility and you have <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>necessarily have Jnāna Yoga <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> attain wisdom. There is no choice am<strong>on</strong>g the three.111


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaThe threefold processes involved are:- Receiving the wisdom : systematic c<strong>on</strong>sistent study of the scriptures for a length oftime under the guidance of a competent teacher – called Shravanam.- C<strong>on</strong>verting knowledge in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>victi<strong>on</strong> which is removal of any doubts regarding thisdoubt. Intellect should not raise any objecti<strong>on</strong>. I should be thoroughly c<strong>on</strong>vinced that Iam <strong>on</strong>ly Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness in the guise of Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness. ReflectedC<strong>on</strong>sciousness life is therefore <strong>on</strong>ly a drama about which I am not overly worried –called Mananam or removing the intellectual obstacles for this knowledge- Nididhyāsanam – assimilati<strong>on</strong> of this wisdom by which I learn <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> get out of old habits ofliving. I have lived all my time as Reflected C<strong>on</strong>sciousness – the Sāmsarik way of life,rife with worries, insecurities and anxious. By living such a life it has become mysec<strong>on</strong>d nature and I have been c<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ed <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> live that way. Nididhyāsanam is the dec<strong>on</strong>diti<strong>on</strong>ingprocess and re-orienting. Just like de-twisting a teleph<strong>on</strong>e wire <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> make itnormal. It is in the form of repeated hearing, reading the Shāstram, writing, discussing,teaching etc. Knowledge is now called Nishthā.Hence the goal is c<strong>on</strong>verting knowledge in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> c<strong>on</strong>victi<strong>on</strong> and c<strong>on</strong>victi<strong>on</strong> in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Nishthā –Nishthā is <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal transformati<strong>on</strong>. Transformati<strong>on</strong> can be translated as Transcending Form.When I own up I am Original C<strong>on</strong>sciousness whose form is formless. Therefore c<strong>on</strong>vertingthe formed I in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> the formless I is transcending the form – transformati<strong>on</strong>. Thistransformati<strong>on</strong> is called Jīvan Muktihi. Thus <strong>on</strong>e gets knowledge through Shravanam,Mananam and Nididhyāsanam.Jnāna Phalam is the <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>tal transformati<strong>on</strong> – not physical but psychological. Where lifewhich was a burden before becomes a sport later. Problems will be c<strong>on</strong>verted in<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>challenges. There is no change in the world and people, there is <strong>on</strong>ly change in my veryway of looking. This transformed life is called Jīvan Muktihi and as a result of this Jnānam,a pers<strong>on</strong> gets over all the Punya Pāpa Karmāni as well. Sanchita Karma , Āgāmi KarmaPrārabdha Karma.- Sanchita Karma – is burnt up- Āgāmi Karma – is avoided- Prārabdha Karma – is exhausted without adverse reacti<strong>on</strong>Once the three Karmas are g<strong>on</strong>e, the body falls and a pers<strong>on</strong> is never reborn again.Another body is not required because no more Karma <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> be exhausted. And the absenceof rebirth is called Videha Muktihi. Punar Janma Abhāvaha.Hence Jīvan Muktihi and Videha Muktihi are the twofold results of Jnānam. And thisresult a pers<strong>on</strong> will attain wherever he dies, and whenever he dies.112


<str<strong>on</strong>g>Introducti<strong>on</strong></str<strong>on</strong>g> <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> Vedānta (<strong>Tattvabodha</strong>) – Swami ParamarthanandaOm Pūrnamadah PūrnamidamPūrnāt PūrnamudachyatePūrnasya PūrnamādāyaPūrnamevāvashishyateOm Shānti Shānti ShāntihiThat (Brahman) is wholeThis (creati<strong>on</strong>) is also wholeFrom that whole (i.e. Brahman <strong>on</strong>ly)This whole has come out (creati<strong>on</strong>)But even though this whole has comeOut of that wholeYet that whole remains whole <strong>on</strong>ly.End of Comments <strong>on</strong><strong>Tattvabodha</strong>by Swami Paramarthanandaof Chennai====================================================================Source: http://introducti<strong>on</strong><str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>vedanta.blogspot.gr/2008/03/introducti<strong>on</strong>-<str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g>-vedanta.htmlPurpose:aprameyahaI am a student of <str<strong>on</strong>g>Vedanta</str<strong>on</strong>g>. Through this blog, I want every<strong>on</strong>e <str<strong>on</strong>g>to</str<strong>on</strong>g> benefit from the w<strong>on</strong>derful teachings of Swāmi Paramārthānanda. Hari OmFor similar material and more informati<strong>on</strong>visit our website:www.vedanta.gr113

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!